North Korea - Acknowledgments
North Korea
This edition supersedes North Korea: A Country Study,
published in 1981. The authors wish to acknowledge their use of portions
of that edition in the preparation of the current book.
Various members of the staff of the Federal Research Division of the
Library of Congress assisted in the preparation of the book. Sandra W.
Meditz made helpful suggestions during her review of all parts of the
book. Robert L. Worden also reviewed parts of the book and made numerous
suggestions and points of clarification. Timothy L. Merrill checked the
contents of all the maps and reviewed the sections on geography and
telecommunications. Rodney P. Katz assisted with the compilation of
several of the maps and also helped to collect research materials.
Thanks also go to David P. Cabitto, who provided graphics support;
Marilyn L. Majeska, who managed editing and production and edited
portions of the manuscript; Andrea T. Merrill, who provided invaluable
assistance with regard to tables and figures; and Barbara Edgerton,
Alberta Jones King, and Izella Watson, who performed word processing.
Alberta Jones King also assisted with the bibliography.
The authors also are grateful to individuals in various United States
government agencies who gave their time and special knowledge to provide
information and perspective. These individuals include Ralph K. Benesch,
who oversees the Country Studies/Area Handbook Program for the
Department of the Army; Cho Sung Yoon, Far Eastern Law Division, Library
of Congress, who reviewed parts of the text and answered queries
pertaining to the judicial and the legal systems; and C. Kenneth
Quinones of the Department of State who reviewed the text and also
offered many valuable suggestions and points of clarification. Inkyong
Ahn, Yeonmi Ahn, Paul Dukyong Park, and Key P. Yang of the Library of
Congress Korean Section all provided invaluable assistance in
researching queries. The editor also wishes to thank the staff of the
Democratic People's Republic of Korea Mission to the United Nations for
their assistance.
Others who contributed were Ly Burnham, who reviewed the portions of
the text on demography; Tinothy Merrill who assisted in the preparation
of maps and charts; Debra Soled, who edited portions of the manuscripts;
Cissie Coy, who performed the final prepublication editorial review; and
Joan Cook, who prepared the Index. Linda Peterson of the Library of
Congress Composing Unit prepared camera-ready copy, under the direction
of Peggy Pixley. Most of the photographs were provided by Tracy
Woodward, to whom the editor is extremely grateful, as there are so few
travelers to North Korea.
North Korea
North Korea - Preface
North Korea
This edition of North Korea: A Country Study replaces the
previous edition, published in 1981. Like its predecessor, this study
attempts to review the history and treat in a concise manner the
dominant social, political, economic, and military aspect of
contemporary North Korea. Sources of information included books,
scholarly journals, foreign and domestic newspapers, official reports of
governments and international organizations, and numerous periodicals on
Korean and East Asian affairs. A word of caution is necessary, however.
The government of a closed communist society such as that of North Korea
controls information for internal and external consumption, limiting
both the scope of coverage and its dissemination. For instance, data
from North Korea are, on the whole, dated, limited, and couched in
vagaries--and are often provided as percentages of increases over
previous years rather than as hard numbers. In addition, information
coming from the outside is subject to the political bent of its
originator. Data from South Korea, for example, seek, by and large, to
show the superiority of that country's economic and political system.
North Korea's 1991 admission to the United Nations, however, may result
in the release of more statistics.
Spellings of place-names used in the book are in most cases those
approved by the United States Board on Geographic Names (BGN); the
spelling of some of the names, however, cannot be verified, as the BGN
itself notes. The generic parts appended to some geographic names have
been dropped and their English equivalents substituted: for example,
Mayang Island, not Mayangdo , and South P'yngan Province, not
P'yngan-namdo. The name North Korea has been used where appropriate in
place of the official name, Democratic People's Republic of Korea. The
McCuneReischauer system of transliteration has been employed except for
the names of some prominent national figures and internationally
recognized corporations where the more familiar journalistic equivalent
is used. The names of Korean authors writing in English are spelled as
given.
The body of the text reflects information available as of June 30,
1993. Certain other portions of the text, however, have been updated.
The Bibliography lists published sources thought to be particularly
helpful to the reader.
North Korea
North Korea - Introduction
North Korea
IN THE EARLY 1990s, the Democratic People's Republic of Korea (DRPK,
or North Korea) remained a vestige of the Cold War era. An isolated,
closed, and tightly controlled communist society, North Korea was
governed by a leadership that was only gradually opening the country to
the outside world--and was doing so, in large part, only because its
dire economic circumstances were forcing the issue. Although China, the
former Soviet Union, and East European communist countries had undergone
some degree of political and economic change, North Korea remained
virtually the same as it had been for the more than four decades of its
existence.
Korea's division in 1945 along the thirty-eighth parallel was
originally intended as a temporary partition to facilitate the surrender
of Japanese forces on the Korean Peninsula at the end of World War II.
Superpower rivalry between the United States and the Soviet Union, and
continued occupation of the peninsula, gave rise to the establishment of
two hostile, competitive nations. North Korea was formed under Soviet
sponsorship in the northern half of the peninsula. With the assistance
of the United States, the Republic of Korea (ROK, or South Korea)
emerged in the southern half. North Korea comprises approximately 55
percent of the total land mass of the Korean Peninsula. Some 22 million
people live in the north, compared with about twice that number in the
south.
North Korea's attempt at reunification by military action in 1950 led
to the Korean War (1950-53), known in North Korea as the Fatherland
Liberation War. Although North Korean troops initially were successful
on the battlefield, only the massive introduction of the Chinese
People's Volunteers into the conflict halted the almost total
destruction of North Korean forces by the United States led-United
Nations (UN) Command forces. The commanders of the Chinese, North
Korean, and UN Command troops signed an armistice agreement in July
1953. Neither the United States nor South Korea signed the agreement,
but both countries have adhered to it, and the armistice remained in
force as of late 1993.
North Korean society revolves around the "religion of Kim Il
Sungism" and his chuch'e ideology, North Korea's own brand of Marxism-Leninism,
national identity, and self-reliance. Kim's "religion" and chuch'e
have supplanted Confucianism and other religious and philosophical
beliefs such as Daoism, Buddhism, Christianity, and Ch'ndogyo. Interestingly, some observers have suggested a possible
connection between Confucian strictures and the transformation of North
Korea into a society demanding loyalty to Kim Il Sung, the country's
paramount leader.
North Korea's social services are similar to those of other socialist
countries. Education is universal, free, and compulsory for eleven
years. Health care is provided by a national medical service, and the
country has a national health insurance system. Both the education
system and the centrally controlled media stress social harmony.
Contemporary cultural expression is also driven--and controlled--by the
Korean Workers' Party (KWP) and the state.
In the beginning of its regime, North Korea was distinguished by its
successes in agricultural growth rates and yields. This record, however,
has not been duplicated in terms of growth and yield since then. There
were reports of food shortages (leading to rioting and the imposition of
food rationing) in the early 1990s, but the shortfalls were as much
attributable to poor weather conditions and distribution problems as
inherent problems in the agricultural sector.
North Korea's efforts at industrialization have not been very
successful. Although the country initially achieved some success in
industrialization, the overall record is grim. A portrait emerges of a
centrally controlled economy in decline: resources are inequitably
allocated, production is hindered by lack of energy and modern
technology, shortages of energy and oil have resulted in production
declines, and labor productivity is low. Low productivity stems, in
part, from obsolescent plants fitted with broken-down equipment, few
spare parts, and lack of the technical expertise needed to fix
equipment. Further complicating matters, heavy demands for electricity
necessitate its production on a staggered schedule in order to maximize
its effective use. In addition, the development of key industries is
linked to increased electrical production and the construction of power
plants. Calls for greater electric power production are common (plants
are idled because of cutbacks in power).
In the early years of the regime, the government stressed heavy
industry and accorded consumer goods and light industries second
priority. Since the late 1970s, however, economic planners have paid
more attention to light industry. And, in the early 1990s, some planners
even advised operating light industry plants on a full schedule, thereby
increasing the production of people's daily necessities. Nonetheless,
heavy industry--particularly defense needs--has remained a focus of
central planning and a drain on the economy. The military's hold on
scarce resources-- and the priority of the military over other
sectors--adds to the large demands for resources and has further
undermined economic efficiency. North Korea has repeatedly failed to
achieve economic goals and production schedules. In the past, Soviet and
Chinese aid permitted some production targets to be met within specified
time allotments, but others had to be sacrificed.
North Korea's poor record of debt repayment and its bad credit rating
severely limit its ability to engage in international trade. Further, it
has little to sell abroad. The demands made by China and Russia that
North Korea pay hard currency for purchases exacerbate the situation.
The country's trade problems are also compounded by the layers of
economic sanctions the United States has placed on North Korea.
North Korea is not known for releasing statistical (or other)
information, and its revelations about its economy are offered in vague
terms. For example, at the fifth session of the Ninth Supreme People's
Assembly held in April 1993, the Third Seven- Year Plan (1987-93) was
not even mentioned in discussions on the state budget. North Korea does
not usually discuss increases and decreases in terms of real figures,
but provides them as percentages.
In early 1993, a spate of articles from Russian sources, published in
the South Korean and Japanese press, detailed North Korea's economic
woes. In March 1993, East European and Russian diplomats stationed in
P'yongyang, North Korea's capital, revealed that North Korea's gross
national product (GNP) may have declined as much as 7 to 10 percent. Russians and
East European observers attributed the economic decline to failures in
the mining industry, which accounts for approximately 40 percent of GNP.
Estimates for declines in the production of iron, steel, and cement and
in oil refining also are significant. Agriculture presents a mixed
picture: rice production continued a decline that began in 1990, but
corn and cabbage production apparently has increased. Meanwhile,
critical shortages of raw materials and fuel mean that factories operate
at far less than capacity. The garment industry is the only area of
increased economic activity.
Some analysts have theorized that North Korea's economic problems
will ultimately force it to open somewhat to the outside world. Some
observers viewed the leadership changes announced at a December 1992
session of the Supreme People's Assembly as aimed at promoting advocates
of economic reform and an opening to the outside world. Others argue,
however, that the leaders of North Korea fear that economic reform and
an opening to the outside world could erode the foundation of the
totalitarian state. Political unrest and disarray similar to that
experienced in the former communist nations could lead to the collapse
of the regime in P'yongyang.
Survival of the current regime remains North Korea's foremost
priority. Since its founding, the country has been ruled by a single
person, Kim Il Sung, in an extremely rigid system. A guerrilla leader
active in the resistance against Japan before World War II, Kim became
head of state in September 1948. Over the years, a cult of personality
has grown up around him. In 1993, at age eighty-one, he continued to
dominate the political scene and was the long-standing general secretary
of the KWP Secretariat and president of the government. He turned over
the chairmanship of the National Defense Commission to his son and
designated successor, Kim Jong Il, in April 1993 as part of the process
of grooming and positioning his political heir. In his position as
president, Kim Il Sung had also previously controlled the military; he
appointed his son supreme commander, or wnsu, of the army in
1992. Like Kim Il Sung, key leaders hold multiple offices: party, state,
and military. The death of the elder Kim may destabilize the political
situation as contending forces vie for power and Kim Jong Il attempts to
assert control.
Chuch'e ideology is also a dominant force in North Korea. On
November 23, 1993, the South Korean government released the text of the
revised 1972 North Korean constitution, which had been approved, but had
not been made public, by the Ninth Supreme People's Assembly on April 9,
1992. The revised constitution substitutes chuch'e for
Marxism-Leninism as a guiding principle of politics; changes the term of
office for members of the Supreme People's Assembly and its Standing
Committee from four years to five; and extends by a year the terms of
office for the president, Central People's Committee, National Defense
Commission, Central Court, and Central Procurator's Office.
The end of the Cold War and the resulting changes in the communist
world--the breakup of the former Soviet Union and the East European
communist countries--have presented challenges both to P'yongyang and to
its allies. Not the least of these challenges has been their dealings
with and diplomatic recognition of South Korea. The Soviet Union and
South Korea established diplomatic relations in September 1990; China
and South Korea opened trade offices (with consular functions) in 1991
and established diplomatic relations in August 1992. The success of
South Korea's Nordpolitik further contributed to the isolation of North Korea. In
particular, Seoul's establishment of diplomatic relations with Moscow
and its considerable trade with Beijing--more important than its trade
with P'yongyang--have meant that North Korea has lost the ability to
play the two communist giants off against one another. For China and
Russia, the economic advantages of a relationship with South Korea
mitigate the effects of a lesser relationship with North Korea.
Normalization of relations with Japan remains a contentious issue.
North Korea expects compensation for the period of colonial rule and
wants hard currency, investment capital, and technology. North Korea
also wants Japan to respect the three- party joint declaration issued by
Japan's Liberal Democratic Party and Social Democratic Party and by
North Korea's KWP. In addition, it wants Japan to respect North Korea's
independent position and apologize for its past deeds. Japan's pressure
on the nuclear issue will likely deter an early resumption of
negotiations.
Although North Korea has sought reunification of the peninsula on its
own terms through the judicious use of force, subversion, or even
peaceful political means, efforts at inter- Korean reconciliation
through dialogue began in the early 1970s and continued in the early
1990s. The admission of the two Koreas into the UN in September 1991
marked a turning point in P'yongyang's inter-Korean policy, despite the
fact that the two countries remain committed to unification according to
their own programs. Although seated alongside South Korea, North Korea
has said it would continue to pursue a "one-Korea policy."
Both sides continue their political maneuvering. The signing of the
historic December 13, 1991, Agreement on Reconciliation, Nonaggression,
Exchanges, and Cooperation, and the Declaration on the Denuclearization
of the Korean Peninsula, both of which became effective in February
1992, marked another turning point in inter-Korean relations. The former
agreement is sometimes referred to as the North-South Basic Agreement,
the latter as the Joint Denuclearization Declaration.
On February 28, 1993, North Korea issued another three-part
memorandum on reunification. Three conditions were cited in order for
"peace . . . to be guaranteed and the reunification process be
continuously promoted on the Korean peninsula." First, the United
States and South Korea must end their annual Team Spirit exercises.
Second, South Korea must "take the road of national reunification
on the principle of national independence." Third, the United
States must renounce its Korean policy, which originated during the Cold
War.
North Korea's Ten-Point Program of Great Unity of the Whole Nation
for Reunification of the Country was presented at the April 1993 session
of the Supreme People's Assembly. This program, adopted with the
approval of all Supreme People's Assembly deputies, urged an "end
to the national division."
North Korea also affirmed its continued interest in holding dialogue
with South Korea and somewhat softened its standard demands. For
example, the usual demand for the withdrawal of United States troops
from the Korean Peninsula was recast and now echoed South Korea's
expression of a "will to have US forces withdrawn from South
Korea."
In May 1993, Kang Song-san, premier of the State Administration
Council, sent a proposal to South Korea that the two sides exchange
special envoys--"deputy prime minister-level officials fully in
charge of reunification affairs, and the sooner the exchange of their
visits, the better." Kang viewed this exchange as opening a new
phase in implementing the North- South Basic Agreement and the Joint
Denuclearization Declaration and as a way to move forward on the issue
of reunification. Kang appealed to South Korea to recognize the
importance of "national interest" and to grasp "the
opportunity for the North and South to jointly open a bright future for
the nation."
The legacy of mutual suspicion continues, however. North Korea
maintains that inter-Korean barriers could be dismantled and mutual
cooperation ensured once both sides end their arms race and bring about
mutual and balanced force reduction. South Korea insists that dialogue
should address nonpolitical questions until the two countries have
developed mutual trust. Political issues influence all aspects of
contact, however.
North Korea's apparent program to develop the ability to produce
nuclear weapons has greatly complicated its relations with all nations.
In December 1991, after years of secretly working to develop the means
to produce plutonium, North Korea and South Korea signed the Joint
Denuclearization Declaration. In this document, North Korea publicly
pledged it would not develop, purchase, or otherwise seek to obtain
nuclear weapons, nor the means to reprocess plutonium. In early 1992,
North Korea finally signed a nuclear safeguards agreement with the
International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA). This agreement enabled the
IAEA to inspect the major facilities at North Korea's main nuclear
installation, Yngbyn.
IAEA inspections revealed discrepancies between North Korea's claims
about the amount of plutonium it had produced and the amount suggested
by technical data developed during the inspections. To resolve these
discrepancies, the IAEA sought to collect samples at two nuclear waste
sites, which North Korea had tried to mask as rice paddies. When
repeated diplomatic efforts failed to gain the desired access, the IAEA
director general made a call for "special" inspections as
provided for in the safeguards agreement between the IAEA and North
Korea.
Parallel to these developments, North Korea's eighteen-month- long
dialogue with Seoul ground to a halt in the winter of 1992. The first
signs of renewed friction had appeared in October 1992, when Seoul's
internal security agency, the National Security Planning Agency,
announced that it had uncovered an extensive North Korean spy ring. Also
in October 1992, at the annual United States-South Korea Security
Consultative Meeting, it was decided to resume preparations for Team
Spirit, the two countries' annual joint defensive exercise that had been
suspended in early 1992 in recognition of North Korea's signing of the
Joint Denuclearization Declaration. It was noted, however, that the 1993
exercise would not be held if there were significant progress in the
South-North dialogue, particularly concerning formulation of a
South-North nuclear inspection regime. North Korea pointed to these
developments as it disengaged from all meetings with Seoul except for
those focused on implemention of the denuclearization accord in the
Joint Nuclear Control Committee (JNCC). But JNCC talks were discontinued
in late January 1993 when the United States and South Korea announced
they would conduct Team Spirit 1993.
By February 1993, all South-North dialogue had stalled, Team Spirit
1993 was about to begin, and the IAEA had yet to gain access to the two
suspected North Korean nuclear waste sites at Yngbyn. The IAEA Board of
Governors served notice to North Korea on February 25 that if it did not
cooperate with the IAEA's director general and allow access to the
suspected sites, the board would find North Korea in noncompliance with
its obligations under its safeguards agreement with the IAEA and would
report the situation to the UN Security Council.
North Korea reacted on March 12 by announcing its intention to
withdraw from the Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty (NPT); it would be the
first nation ever to do so. A ninety-day grace period would have to run
its course before the withdrawal became effective.
There was an immediate, worldwide outcry. The more than 100 members
of the NPT urged North Korea to reconsider its decision to withdraw. The
IAEA Board of Governors passed a resolution at the end of March that
found North Korea in noncompliance with its safeguards obligations and
referred the matter to the UN Security Council. The global condemnation
of North Korea climaxed on May 11 when the Security Council passed, with
China and Pakistan abstaining, Resolution S/25768, which urged North
Korea to comply with the IAEA director general's requests for
"special" inspections at the two suspected nuclear waste
sites. The resolution expressed full support for the IAEA, asked that
North Korea remain a member of the NPT, and called on UN members to
assist in seeking a solution to the impasse.
The United States subsequently agreed to engage North Korea in the
first ever bilateral talks. At the first round of talks held in New York
in June, the two countries issued a joint statement in which they noted
that "the two sides discussed policy-related issues raised for
fundamentally resolving the nuclear issue of the Korean Peninsula, and
expressed support of the Declaration on the Denuclearization of the
Korean Peninsula in accordance with the purpose for preventing nuclear
proliferation." North Korea stated that it had "decided to
unilaterally and temporarily suspend the effectuation of the withdrawal
from the NPT as long as it considers necessary." A second round of
talks in Geneva produced some additional progress toward a resolution of
the nuclear issue. The United States promised that as part of a final
resolution of the nuclear issue, it would be willing to consider
assisting North Korea in its desire to acquire light-water reactor
technology.
P'yongyang promised that it would maintain continuity of safeguards,
which requires IAEA inspection of its nuclear facilities, and indicated
that it would consult with the IAEA about outstanding safeguards issues
and resume serious dialogue with Seoul prior to a third round of talks
with Washington.
As of late 1993, however, North Korea remained reluctant to allow the
scope of inspection that the IAEA deems necessary to maintain the
continuity of safeguards. Further, North Korea had yet to agree to
resume its dialogue with South Korea. Consequently, the United States
was refusing to agree to a third round of talks with North Korea. In
short, the talks appeared close to being broken off, despite the
willingness of the United States to suspend Team Spirit 1994 and to
ultimately consider improving diplomatic and economic ties with
P'yongyang in exchange for its remaining a member of the NPT, complying
fully with the IAEA, and agreeing to the implementation of the Joint
Denuclearization Declaration.
The future of the Korean Peninsula is far from resolved. Although
there has been progress in inter-Korean relations, much remains to be
worked out. The costs of reunification are high, both economically and
politically. Analysts have noted that some South Korean government
officials believe that North Korea has designated 1995 as the year for
reunification and is accelerating its war preparations. Much of the
current increased posturing by North Korea--particularly its nuclear
stance--may be related to this issue. The only certainty is that the
situation is far from closure.
December 16, 1993
* * *
The chronology of events since the Introduction was written shows
little progress in inter-Korean relations, United States- North Korea
relations, or full compliance by North Korea with IAEA nuclear
inspection. The situation remains uncertain. Desirous of diplomatic
recognition and economic aid from the United States--the latter also
from its neighbors--P'yongyang, in the view of some observers, has used
the "nuclear card" as a strategy to exact concessions from
Washington but is also determined to continue its military program and
develop a powerful nuclear arsenal. The United States Central
Intelligence Agency suspects that North Korea already possesses two
nuclear bombs and may have the potential to develop four to five more
weapons.
In March 1994, almost one year after nuclear inspections were halted
in North Korea, visas were issued to two teams of IAEA inspectors for
access to seven of the nine nuclear facilities they sought to examine as
part of the inspection process. Subsequently, the United States
announced that a third round of high-level talks with North Korea on
diplomatic and economic matters would be resumed in Geneva on March 21.
The United States and South Korea agreed to conditionally
suspend--pending North Korea's holding of nuclear inspections--their
annual Team Spirit exercise scheduled for late March. For its part,
North Korea also agreed to resume talks with South Korea. In early
March, a broken seal was discovered at the Yngbyn nuclear reprocessing
facility, a site where the surveillance cameras have been without
operating batteries since October 1993. On March 16, the third round of
talks between the United States and North Korea was canceled because of
P'yongyang's refusal to allow a complete IAEA inspection. On March 21,
President Clinton ordered a battalion of Patriot missile interceptors
shipped to South Korea. That same day, the nine-member IAEA board (with
China abstaining) passed a resolution asking North Korea
"immediately to allow the IAEA to complete all requested inspection
activities" and to "comply fully with its safeguards
agreement."
On March 31, 1994, the UN Security Council issued a formal statement
calling on North Korea to allow the IAEA full and complete inspection of
all North Korean nuclear sites. (The United States, with the support of
Britain, France, and Russia, had wanted to issue a UN resolution--which
carries the weight of international law--on the matter, but China
opposed such a stance.) The statement proposed a six-week deadline for
the IAEA to report on whether or not inspections had been completed and
whether or not North Korea was in compliance with international nuclear
safeguards. A few days later, North Korea rejected the demand to comply
with full inspections as "unjustifiable."
The stalemate continued in April. By mid-April Kim Il Sung had
announced that the United States must abide by its pledge to proceed
with high-level talks without preconditions. Moreover, Kim denied that
North Korea has been--or is--developing nuclear weapons. On April 18,
United States Navy ships began offloading Patriot missiles in South
Korea.
There was no resolution to the situation in May. On May 19, the IAEA
condemned North Korea for "serious violation" of the nuclear
inspection program. At issue was the marking, or segregation, of certain
critical withdrawn uranium fuel rods for eventual sampling to determine
how much plutonium had been accumulated. If the IAEA cannot properly
monitor, that is, sample, the withdrawn fuel rods, the agency cannot
verify whether or not fuel has been diverted for use in nuclear weapons.
(By measuring the radioactive fuel content of rods, scientists can
determine the amount of plutonium that has been accumulated for nuclear
weapons. Uranium fuel rods are replaced every few years. North Korea has
said that the present rods are the original rods that were placed in
1986 and that they are almost spent, necessitating their replacement.
The United States suspects that many of these fuel rods were secretly
replaced in 1989 when the reactor was shut down for 100 days and that
the removed fuel rods were ultimately reprocessed for use in nuclear
weapons.)
After failing to conduct complete inspections in March, the two IAEA
teams were again sent to North Korea in May to conduct nuclear
inspections. Their efforts were again stymied. Complications were
introduced when North Korea told the inspectors that they could observe
the removal of fuel rods but that they could not test the rods. They
were also informed that rods would not be set aside for future
measurements and that IAEA inspectors could neither visit two nuclear
waste sites nor complete the inspections at the plutonium reprocessing
plant at Yngbyn. In response, the IAEA demanded an immediate stop to the
withdrawal of fuel rods. In May, one IAEA team confirmed that North
Korea had withdrawn approximately 4,000 spent fuel rods out of an
estimated 8,000 rods in late May. The IAEA wanted 300 critical rods that
constitute the core fuel element set aside for sampling.
By late May, the United States had warned that it would cancel new
high-level talks if North Korea did not comply with IAEA demands and
that it would press for international economic sanctions. North Korea
has continued to reject the complete inspection program, claiming that
it has a "unique status"-- attained in March 1993--when it
threatened to withdraw from the NPT but then suspended its threats under
United States pressure. North Korea has said that it will never allow
the IAEA to mark and sample the rods even if threatened with economic
sanctions under a UN resolution. On May 30, Britain, China, France,
Russia, and the United States issued a statement urging North Korea to
set aside fuel rods for future sampling. The following day, the IAEA
telexed North Korea either to halt the withdrawal of fuel rods or to
follow acceptable procedures for storing the rods under international
supervision.
Also in late May, Japanese press reports, confirmed by United States
officials, noted that North Korea appeared to be preparing for testing a
new short-range ballistic missile within the next few weeks. Such a
missile would be capable of reaching much of Japan. Department of
Defense officials said that on May 31 North Korea tested a cruise
missile in the Sea of Japan designed to hit ships at a range of more
than 160 kilometers.
In early June, the uncertainty of the situation on the peninsula
continued. On June 2, Hans Blix, director general of the IAEA, sent a
letter to the secretary general of the UN stating that the IAEA was
unable to "select, segregate and secure fuel rods for later
measurements in accordance with agency standards" and that it could
not determine the amount of plutonium that "has been diverted in
the past." He subsequently announced that all but 1,800 of the
8,000 rods--including the 300 critical rods--had been removed and stored
in such a way that the IAEA would be unable to determine their location
in the reactor. The letter automatically placed the issue of sanctions
on the UN Security Council agenda.
As of early June, United States had not yet decided on the level of
sanctions it will seek. It also faces the difficulty of getting the full
council membership--particularly China but also Russia--to agree to
impose sanctions against North Korea. The action of the United States in
extending most-favored-nation status to China in late May has been
viewed as a means of appealing to China to either agree to economic
sanctions or to use its leverage with North Korea to oblige it to comply
with IAEA requests. And, the level of sanctions Japan is willing to
impose also remained questionable. What remains certain is that the
United States, China, Japan, Russia, and South Korea publicly want North
Korea to comply with the nuclear inspection program, but they differ in
their views on the level, the efficacy, and the timing of such
sanctions.
Further complicating matters, North Korea has again threatened to
withdraw from the NPT, stating that sanctions would violate the 1953
armistice agreement and be considered an act of war. Secretary of
Defense William Perry has said that the United States will bolster its
troops in South Korea and will defend that country if invaded by North
Korea.
In mid-June the nuclear inspections issue continued to dominate
events on the Korean Peninsula. The United States effort to garner
support for the imposition of economic sanctions on North Korea was
halted, however, as a result of events following the visit of former
United States president Jimmy Carter to North Korea on June 15-18 and
his meetings with Kim Il Sung. The United States agreed to resume its
high-level talks (suspended for over a year) with North Korea in Geneva
on July 8. In exchange, North Korea agreed to "freeze" its
nuclear program: to allow IAEA inspectors to remain at Yngbyn, to halt
reprocessing, and to stop reloading the reactor. However, this position
is a short- term one. P'yongyang's long-term position on the nuclear
issue will likely be contingent on the progress of the talks in Geneva.
During President Carter's visit, Kim Il Sung proposed a summit
meeting between the leaders of North Korea and South Korea. On June 28,
North Korea and South Korea agreed to hold such a meeting--the first
since the division of the peninsula--on July 25-27 in P'yongyang. The
agenda, however, was not discussed; a second, reciprocal meeting--likely
to be held in Seoul--will be part of the agenda at the first meeting.
As of late June, the United States was considering a range of
economic and diplomatic incentives in exchange for a freeze on North
Korea's nuclear weapons program but planning for other contingencies.
The United States Navy is sending two minesweepers and an amphibious
vessel to Japan as a "purely defensive" measure in order to
reinforce the United States military presence on the Korean Peninsula.
The ships are scheduled to arrive by the end of July.
The talks in Geneva will likely be a forum for discussing the nuclear
issue in a larger context. The dynamics of the situation will change,
determined by the direction and progress, or lack thereof, of the talks.
* * *
The uncertainty of the situation on the Korean Peninsula continued
with the sudden, unexpected death of Kim Il Sung of an alleged heart
attack "owing to heavy mental strains." As a result of Kim's
death on July 8, which was also the first day of talks in Geneva between
the United States and North Korea, it was announced that subsequent
talks between the two countries had been suspended, and that the summit
talks between North Korea and South Korea scheduled for late July in
P'yongyang had been postponed indefinitely. P'yongyang announced,
however, that it would resume discussions on the nuclear weapons issue
after Kim's funeral, and on July 20, the United States announced that
these talks were expected to resume within a few weeks. On July 16,
Kim's funeral was postponed for two days, causing some speculation among
Korea watchers as to whether Kim Jong Il's so far seemingly orderly
succession was meeting resistance. For the short term, it is expected
that Kim Jong Il will be able to assume the positions for which he has
been groomed without overt resistance; his long-term success remains
open to question. The constitution makes no provisions for succession;
as of this writing, Kim has not been formally proclaimed either
president of state or general secretary of the party.
June 29, 1994
Andrea Matles Savada
North Korea
North Korea - HISTORY
North Korea
PRIOR TO THE NATIONAL DIVISION of the Korean Peninsula in 1945, Korea
was home to a people with a unitary existence, ethnic and linguistic
homogeneity, and a historic bond of exclusionism towards outsiders--a
result of its history of invasion, influence, and fighting over its
territory by larger and more powerful neighbors. This legacy continues
to influence the contemporary Democratic People's Republic of Korea
(DPRK, or North Korea).
There are other parallels between Korea's past and presentday North
Korea. The traditions of Confucianism and a bureaucracy administered
from the top-down and from the center continue to hold sway. Further,
just as there was relative stability for more than two millennia on the
Korean Peninsula, there has been relative stability in North Korea since
Kim Il Sung came to power in 1946. As Confucian doctrine perpetuated the
authority of the family system and the importance of education, so too
were these elements paramount in Kim Il Sung's North Korea. Politics
remain personalistic, and Kim has surrounded himself with a core of
revolutionary leaders (now aging), whose loyalty dates back to their
days of guerrilla resistance against the Japanese in Manchuria. Kim's chuch'e
ideology also has its roots in the self-reliant philosophy of the Hermit
Kingdom (as Korea was called by Westerners), and Korea's history of
exclusionism also held particular appeal to a people emerging from the
period of Japanese colonial domination (1910-45).
North Korea came into being in 1945, in the midst of a prolonged
confrontation between the United States and the Soviet Union. North
Korea was, and in some ways remains, a classic Cold War state, driven by
the demands of the long-standing conflict with the Republic of Korea
(ROK, or South Korea), and the United States and its allies. It emerged
in the heyday of Stalinism, which influenced North Korea's decision to
give priority to heavy industry in its economic program. North Korea was
a state forged in warfare: by a civil struggle fought at the beginning
of the regime and by a vicious fratricidal war fought while the system
was still in infancy. All these influences combined to produce a
hardened leadership that knew how to hold onto power. But North Korea
also evolved as a rare synthesis between foreign models and native
influences; the political system was deeply rooted in native soil,
drawing on Korea's long history of unitary existence on a small
peninsula surrounded by greater powers.
North Korea
North Korea - ORIGINS OF THE KOREAN NATION
North Korea
Koreans inhabit a mountainous peninsula protruding southward from the
northeastern corner of the Asian continent and surrounded on three sides
by water. Although Japan exercised decisive influence by the late
sixteenth century, in ancient times the peoples and civilizations on the
contiguous Asian continent were far more important. The peninsula is
surrounded on three sides by other peoples: Chinese to the west;
Japanese to the east; and an assortment of peoples to the north,
including "barbarian" tribes, aggressive invaders, and, in the
twentieth century, an expanding and deepening Russian presence. Koreans
have emerged as a people influenced by the peninsula's internal and
surrounding geography.
The northern border between Korea and China formed by the Yalu and
Tumen rivers has been recognized for centuries. But these rivers did not
always constitute Korea's northern limits; Koreans ranged far beyond
this border well into northeastern China and Siberia, and neither
Koreans nor the ancient tribes that occupied the plains of Manchuria
(northeastern China) considered these riverine borders to be sacrosanct.
The harsh winter climate also turned the rivers into frozen pathways for
many months, facilitating the back-and-forth migration out of which the
Korean people were formed.
Paleolithic excavations show that humans inhabited the Korean
Peninsula half a million years ago, but most scholars assume that
present-day Koreans are not descended from these early inhabitants.
Neolithic age (from 4,000-3,000 B.C.) humans also inhabited the area,
identified archaeologically by the ground and polished stone tools and
pottery they left to posterity. Around 2,000 B.C., a new pottery culture
spread into Korea from China. These people practiced agriculture in a
settled communal life, and are widely supposed to have had
consanguineous clans as their basic social grouping. Korean historians
in modern times sometimes assume that the clan leadership systems
characterized by councils of nobles (hwabaek) that emerged in
the subsequent Silla period can be traced back to these neolithic
peoples, and that a mythical "child of the sn," an
original Korean, also was born then. There is no hard evidence, however,
to support such beginnings for the Korean people.
By the fourth century B.C., a number of walled-town states on the
peninsula had survived long enough to come to the attention of China.
The most illustrious of these states was Old Chosn, which had
established itself along the banks of the Liao and the Taedong rivers in
southern Manchuria and northwestern Korea. Old Chosn prospered as a
civilization based on bronze culture and a political federation of many
walled towns; the federation, judging from Chinese accounts, was
formidable to the point of arrogance. Riding horses and deploying bronze
weapons, the Chosn people extended their influence to the north, taking
most of the Liaodong Basin. But the rising power of the north China
state of Yen (1122-255 B.C.) checked Chosn's growth and eventually
pushed it back to territory south of the Ch'ngch'n River, located midway
between the Yalu and Taedong rivers. As the Yen gave way in China to the
Qin (221-207 B.C.) and the Han dynasties (206 B.C.-A.D. 220), Chosn
declined, and refugee populations migrated eastward. Out of this milieu,
emerged Wiman, a man who assumed the kingship of Chosn sometime between
194 and 180 B.C. The Kingdom of Wiman Chosn melded Chinese influence,
and under the Old Chosn federated structure--apparently reinvigorated
under Wiman--the state again expanded over hundreds of kilometers of
territory. Its ambitions ran up against a Han invasion, however, and
Wiman Chosn fell in 108 B.C.
These developments coincided with the beginnings of iron culture,
enabling the rise of a sophisticated agriculture based on implements
such as hoes, plowshares, and sickles. Cultivation of rice and other
grains increased markedly. Although the peoples of the peninsula could
not yet be called "Korean," there was an unquestioned
continuity in agrarian society from this time until the emergence of a
unified Korean state many centuries later.
Han Chinese built four commanderies, or local military units, to rule
the peninsula as far south as the Han River, with a core area at Lolang
(Nangnang in Korean), near present-day P'yongyang. It is illustrative of
the relentlessly different historiography practiced in North Korea and
South Korea, as well as the projection backward of Korean nationalism
practiced by both sides, that North Korean historians deny that the
Lolang Commandery was centered in Korea. They place it northwest of the
peninsula, possibly near Beijing, in order to de-emphasize China's
influence on ancient Korean history. They perhaps do so because Lolang
was clearly a Chinese city, as attested by the many burial objects
showing the affluent lives of Chinese overlords and merchants.
North Korea
North Korea - The Period of the Three Kingdoms
North Korea
From approximately 108 B.C. until 313, Lolang was a great center of
Chinese statecraft, art, industry (including the mining of iron ore),
and commerce. Lolang's influence was widespread; it attracted immigrants
from China and exacted tribute from several states south of the Han
River that patterned their civilization and government after Lolang. In
the first three centuries A.D., a large number of walled-town states in
southern Korea grouped into three federations known as Chinhan, Mahan,
and Pynhan; during this period, rice agriculture had developed in the
rich alluvial valleys and plains to such an extent that reservoirs had
been built for irrigation.
Chinhan was situated in the middle part of the southern peninsula,
Mahan in the southwest, and Pynhan in the southeast. The state of
Paekche, which soon came to exercise great influence on Korean history,
emerged first in the Mahan area; it is not certain when this happened,
but Paekche certainly existed by 246 since Lolang mounted a large attack
on it in that year. Paekche, a centralized, aristocratic state that
melded Chinese and indigenous influence, was a growing power: within a
hundred years Paekche had demolished Mahan and continued to expand
northward into the area of present-day South Korea around Seoul.
Contemporary historians believe that the common Korean custom of
patrilineal royal succession began with King K n Ch'ogo (r. 346-75) of
Paekche. His grandson, Ch'imnyu, inaugurated another long tradition by
adopting Buddhism as the state religion in 384.
Meanwhile, in the first century A.D. two powerful states emerged
north of the peninsula: Puy in the Sungari River Basin in Manchuria and
Kogury, Puy's frequent enemy to its south, near the Yalu River. Kogury,
which like Paekche also exercised a lasting influence on Korean history,
developed in confrontation with the Chinese. Puy was weaker and sought
alliances with China to counter Kogury, but eventually succumbed to it
around 312. Kogury expanded in all directions, in particular toward the
Liao River in the west and toward the Taedong River in the south. In 313
Kogury occupied the territory of the Lolang Commandery and came into
conflict with Paekche.
Peninsular geography shaped the political space of Paekche, Kogury,
and a third kingdom, Silla. In the central part of Korea, the main
mountain range, the T'aebaek, runs north to south along the edge of the
Sea of Japan. Approximately three-fourths of the way down the peninsula,
however, roughly at the thirty-seventh parallel, the mountain range
veers to the southwest, dividing the peninsula almost in the middle.
This southwest extension, the Sobaek Range, shielded peoples to the east
of it from the Chinese-occupied portion of the peninsula, but placed no
serious barrier in the way of expansion into or out of the southwestern
portion of the peninsula--Paekche's historical territory.
Kogury ranged over a wild region of northeastern Korea and eastern
Manchuria that was subjected to extremes of temperature and structured
by towering mountain ranges, broad plains, and life-giving rivers; the
highest peak, known as Paektu-san (White Head Mountain), is on the
contemporary Sino-Korean border and has a beautiful, crystal-pure lake
at its summit. Kim Il Sung and his guerrilla band utilized associations
with this mountain as part of the founding myth of North Korea, and Kim
Jong Il was said to have been born on the slopes of the mountain in
1942. Not surprisingly, North Korea claimed the Kogury legacy as the
main element in Korean history.
According to South Korean historiography, however, it was the glories
of a third kingdom that were the most important elements. Silla
eventually became the repository of a rich and cultured ruling elite,
with its capital at Kyngju in the southeast, north of the port of Pusan.
In fact, the men who ruled South Korea beginning in 1961 all came from
this region. It has been the southwestern Paekche legacy that suffered
in divided Korea, as Koreans of other regions and historians in both
North Korea and South Korea have discriminated against the people of the
present- day Chlla provinces. But taken together, all three kingdoms
continue to influence Korean history and political culture. Koreans
often assume that regional traits that they like or dislike go back to
the Three Kingdoms period.
Silla evolved from a walled town called Saro. Silla historians are
said to have traced its origins to 57 B.C., but contemporary historians
regard King Naemul (r. 356-402) as the ruler who first consolidated a
large confederated kingdom and established a hereditary kingship. His
domain was east of the Naktong River in present-day North Kyngsang
Province, South Korea. A small number of states located along the south
central tip of the peninsula facing the Korea Strait did not join either
Silla or Paekche, but instead formed a Kaya League that maintained close
ties with states in Japan. Kaya's possible linkage to Japan remains an
issue of debate among historians in Korea, Japan, and elsewhere. There
is no convincing evidence to definitively resolve the debate, and
circumstantial historical archaeological evidence is inconclusive. The
debate is significant since its outcome could influence views on the
origin of the Japanese imperial family. The Kaya states eventually were
absorbed by their neighbors in spite of an attack against Silla in 399
by Wa forces from Japan, who had come to the aid of Kaya. Silla repelled
the Wa with help from Kogury.
Centralized government probably emerged in Silla in the last half of
the fifth century, when the capital became both an administrative and a
marketing center. In the early sixth century, Silla's leaders introduced
plowing by oxen and built extensive irrigation facilities. Increased
agricultural output presumably ensued, allowing further political and
cultural development that included an administrative code in 520, a
class system of hereditary "bone-ranks" for choosing elites,
and the adoption of Buddhism as the state religion around 535.
Militarily weaker than Kogury, Silla sought to fend the former off
through an alliance with Paekche. By the beginning of the fifth century,
however, Kogury had achieved undisputed control of all of Manchuria east
of the Liao River as well as the northern and central regions of the
Korean Peninsula. At this time, Kogury had a famous leader appropriately
named King Kwanggaet'o (r. 391-412), a name that translates as
"broad expander of territory." Reigning from the age of
eighteen, he conquered sixty-five walled towns and 1,400 villages, in
addition to assisting Silla when the Wa forces attacked. As Kogury's
domain increased, it confronted China's Sui Dynasty (581-617) in the
west and Silla and Paekche to the south.
Silla attacked Kogury in 551 in concert with King Sng (r. 523-54) of
Paekche. After conquering the upper reaches of the Han River, Silla
turned on the Paekche forces and drove them out of the lower Han area.
While a tattered Paekche kingdom nursed its wounds in the southwest,
Silla allied with Chinese forces of the Sui and the successor Tang
Dynasty (618-907) in combined attacks against Kogury. The Sui emperor
Yang Di launched an invasion of Kogury in 612, marshaling more than 1
million soldiers only to be lured by the revered Kogury commander lchi
Mundk into a trap, where Sui forces virtually were destroyed. Perhaps as
few as 3,000 Sui soldiers survived; the massacre contributed to the fall
of the dynasty in 617. Newly risen Tang emperor Tai Zong launched
another huge invasion in 645, but Kogury forces won another striking
victory in the siege of the An Si Fortress in western Kogury, forcing
Tai Zong's forces to withdraw.
Koreans have always viewed these victories as sterling examples of
resistance to foreign aggression. Had Kogury not beaten back the
invaders, all the states of the peninsula might have fallen under
extended Chinese domination. Thus commanders like lchi Mundk later
became models for emulation, especially during the Korean War (1950-53).
Paekche could not hold out under combined Silla and Tang attack,
however. The latter landed an invasion fleet in 660, and Paekche quickly
fell under their assaults. Tang pressure also had weakened Kogury, and
after eight years of battle it gave way because of pressure from both
external attack and internal strife exacerbated by several famines.
Kogury forces retreated to the north, enabling Silla forces to advance
and consolidate their control up to the Taedong River, which flows
through P'yongyang.
Silla emerged victorious in 668. It is from this date that South
Korean historians speak of a unified Korea. The period of the Three
Kingdoms thus ended, but not before the kingdoms had come under the
long-term sway of Chinese civilization and had been introduced to
Chinese statecraft, Buddhist and Confucian philosophy, Confucian
practices of educating the young, and the Chinese written language.
(Koreans adapted Chinese characters to their own language through a
system known as idu.) The Three Kingdoms also introduced
Buddhism, the various rulers seeing a valuable political device for
unity in the doctrine of a unified body of believers devoted to Buddha
but serving one king. Artists from Kogury and Paekche also perfected a
mural art found in the walls of tombs, and took it to Japan, where it
deeply influenced Japan's temple and burial art. Indeed, many Korean
historians believe that wall murals in Japanese royal tombs suggest that
the imperial house lineage may have Korean origins.
North Korea
North Korea - Silla
North Korea
Silla and Paekche had sought to use Chinese power against Kogury,
inaugurating another tradition of involving foreign powers in internal
Korean disputes. But Silla's reliance on Tang forces to consolidate its
control had its price. Because Silla had to resist encroaching Tang
forces, its sway was limited to the area south of the Taedong River.
Nevertheless, Silla's military power, bolstered by an ideal of the
youthful warrior (hwarang), was formidable. It seized
Tang-occupied Paekche territories by 671, pushed Kogury still further
northward, and drove the Tang commanderies off the peninsula by 676,
thereby guaranteeing that the Korean people would develop independently,
without outside influences.
The broad territories of Kogury, however, were not conquered, and in
698 a Kogury general named Tae Cho-yng established a successor state
called Parhae above and below the Yalu and Tumen boundaries. Parhae
forced Silla to build a northern wall in 721, and kept Silla forces
below a line running from present-day P'yongyang to Wnsan. By the eighth
century, Parhae controlled the northern part of Korea, all of
northeastern Manchuria, and the Liaodong Peninsula. Both Silla and
Parhae continued to be heavily influenced by Tang Chinese civilization.
Silla and Tang China had a great deal of contact inasmuch as large
numbers of students, officials, and monks traveled to China for study
and observation. In 682 Silla set up a national Confucian academy to
train high officials and later instituted a civil-service examination
system modeled on that of the Tang. Parhae modeled its central
government even more directly on Tang systems than did Silla and sent
many students to Tang schools. Parhae's culture melded indigenous and
Tang influences, and its level of civilization was high enough to merit
the Chinese designation "flourishing land in the East."
Silla in particular, however, developed a flourishing indigenous
civilization that was among the most advanced in the world. Its capital
at Kyngju in present-day South Korea was renowned as the "city of
gold," where the aristocracy pursued a high culture and extravagant
pleasures. Tang dynasty historians wrote that elite officials possessed
thousands of slaves, with like numbers of horses, cattle, and pigs.
Officials' wives wore gold tiaras and earrings of delicate and intricate
filigree. Scholars studied the Confucian and Buddhist classics, built up
state administration, and developed advanced methods for astronomy and
calendrical science. The Dharani sutra, recovered in Kyngju, dates as
far back as 751 and is the oldest example of woodblock printing yet
found in the world. Pure Land Buddhism (Buddhism for the Masses) united
the common people, who could become adherents through the repetition of
simple chants. The crowning glories of this "city of gold"
continue to be the Pulguksa temple in the city and the nearby Skkuram
Grotto, both built around 750. Both are home to some of the finest
Buddhist sculpture in the world. The grotto, atop a coastal bluff near
Kyngju, houses the historic great stone Sakyamuni Buddha in its inner
sanctum; the figure is situated so that the rising sun over the Sea of
Japan strikes it in the middle of the forehead.
Ethnic differences between Kogury and the Malgal people native to
Manchuria weakened Parhae by the early tenth century, just as Silla's
power had begun to dissipate a century earlier when regional castle
lords splintered central power and rebellions shook Silla's foundations.
Parhae, coming under severe pressure from the Kitan warriors who ruled
parts of northern China, Manchuria, and Mongolia, eventually fell in
926. Silla's decline encouraged a restorationist named Kynhwn to found
Later Paekche at Chnju in 892 and another restorationist, named Kungye,
to found Later Kogury at Kaesng in central Korea. Wang Kn, the son of
Kungye who succeeded to the throne in 918, shortened the dynastic name
to Kory and became the founder of a new dynasty by that name, from which
came the modern term Korea.
North Korea
North Korea - Kory
North Korea
Wang Kn's army fought ceaselessly with Later Paekche for the next
decade, with Silla in retreat. After a crushing victory in 930 over
Paekche forces at present-day Andong, South Korea, Kory obtained a
formal surrender from Silla and proceeded to conquer Later Paekche by
935--amazingly, with troops led by former Paekche king Kynhwn, whose son
had treacherously cast him aside. After this accomplishment, Wang Kn
became a magnanimous unifier. Regarding himself as the proper successor
to Kogury, he embraced survivors of the Kogury lineage who were fleeing
the dying Parhae state, which had been conquered by Kitan warriors in
926. He then took a Silla princess as his wife and treated the Silla
aristocracy with great generosity. Wang Kn established a regime
embodying the remnants of the Later Three Kingdoms--what was left after
the almost fifty years of struggle between the forces of Kynhwn and
Kungye--and accomplished a true unification of the peninsula.
Placing the regime's capital at Kaesng, the composite elite of the
Kory Dynasty (918-1392) forged a tradition of aristocratic continuity
that lasted to the modern era. The elite fused aristocratic privilege
and political power through marriage alliances and control of land and
central political office, and made class position hereditary. This
practice established a pattern for Korea in which landed gentry mingled
with a Confucian- or Buddhist-educated stratum of scholar-officials;
often scholars and landlords were one and the same person. In any case,
landed wealth and bureaucratic position were powerfully fused. This
fusion occurred at the center, where a strong bureaucracy influenced by
Confucian statecraft emerged. Thereafter, this bureaucracy sought to
dominate local power and thus militated against Japanese or European
feudal pattern of parcelized sovereignty, castle domains, and military
tradition. By the thirteenth century, two dominant government groupings
had emerged: the civil officials and the military officials, known
thereafter as yangban.
The Kory elite admired the Chinese civilization that emerged during
the Song Dynasty (960-1279). Official delegations and ordinary merchants
brought Kory gold, silver, and ginseng to China in exchange for Song
silk, porcelain, and woodblock books. The treasured Song porcelain
stimulated Kory artisans to produce an even finer type of inlaid celadon
porcelain. Praised for the pristine clarity of its blue-green
glaze--celadon glazes also were yellow green--and the delicate art of
its inlaid portraits (usually of flowers or animals), Kory celadon
displayed the refined taste of aristocrats and later had great influence
on Japanese potters.
Buddhism coexisted with Confucianism throughout the Kory period; it
deeply affected daily life and perhaps bequeathed to modern Korea its
eclecticism of religious beliefs. Kory Buddhist priests systematized
religious practice by rendering the Chinese version of the Buddhist
canon into mammoth woodblock print editions, known as the Tripitaka. The
first edition was completed in 1087, but was lost; another, completed in
1251 and still extant, is located at the Haeinsa temple near Taegu,
South Korea. Its accuracy, combined with its exquisite calligraphic
carvings, makes it the finest of some twenty Tripitaka in East Asia. By
1234, if not earlier, Kory had also invented moveable iron type, two
centuries before its use in Europe.
This high point of Kory culture coincided with internal disorder and
the rise of the Mongols, whose power swept most of Eurasia during the
thirteenth century. Kory was not spared; Khubilai Khan's forces invaded
and demolished Kory's army in 1231, forcing the Kory government to
retreat to Kanghwa Island (off modern-day Inch'n). But after a more
devastating invasion in 1254, in which countless people died and some
200,000 people were captured, Kory succumbed to Mongol domination and
its kings intermarried with Mongol princesses. The Mongols then enlisted
thousands of Koreans in ill-fated invasions of Japan in 1274 and 1281,
using Korean-made ships. Both invasions were repelled with aid, as
legend has it, from opportune typhoons known as "divine wind,"
or kamikaze. The last period of Mongol influence was marked by the
appearance of a strong bureaucratic stratum of scholar-officials, or
literati (sadaebu in Korean). Many of them lived in exile
outside the capital, and they used their superior knowledge of the
Confucian classics to condemn the excesses of the ruling families, who
were backed by Mongol power.
The overthrow of the Mongols by the founders of the Ming Dynasty
(1368-1644) in China gave a rising group of military men, steeled in
battle against coastal pirates from Japan, the opportunity to contest
for power. When the Ming claimed suzerainty over former Mongol domains
in Korea, the Kory court was divided between pro-Mongol and pro-Ming
forces. Two generals marshaled their forces for an assault on Ming
armies on the Liaodong Peninsula. One of the generals, Yi Sng-gye, was
pro-Ming. When he reached the Yalu River, he abruptly turned back and
marched on the Kory capital, which he subdued quickly. He thus became
the founder of Korea's longest dynasty, the Yi (1392-1910). The new
state was named Chosn, harking back to the old Chosn kingdom fifteen
centuries earlier; its capital was built at Seoul.
North Korea
North Korea - The Chosn Dynasty
North Korea
One of General Yi's first acts was to carry out a sweeping land
reform long advocated by Confucian literati reformers. After a national
cadastral survey, all extant land registers were destroyed. Except for
land doled out to loyalists called merit subjects, Yi Sng-gye declared
everything to be owned by the state, thus undercutting Buddhist temples,
which held vast farm lands, and locally powerful clans. Both groups had
exacted high rents from peasants, leading to social distress in the late
Kory period. These reforms also greatly enhanced the taxation power of
the central government.
Buddhist influence in and complicity with the old system made it
easier for the Confucian literati to urge an extirpation of Buddhist
economic and political influence, and exile in the mountains for monks
and their disciples. Indeed, the literati accomplished a deep
Confucianization of Chosn society, which particularly affected the
position of women. Often prominent in Kory society, women were now
relegated to domestic chores of child-rearing and housekeeping, as
so-called inside people.
As neo-Confucian doctrines swept the old order away, Korea
effectively developed a secular society. Common people, however,
retained attachments to folk religions, shamanism, geomancy, and
fortune-telling, influences condemned by both Confucianism and the world
at that time. This Korean mass culture created remarkably lively and
diverse art forms: uniquely colorful and unpretentiously naturalistic
folk paintings of animals, popular novels in Korean vernacular, and
characters like the mudang, shamans who summoned spirits and
performed exorcisms in kt, or shamanistic, rituals.
For more than a century after its founding, Chosn flourished as an
exemplary agrarian bureaucracy deeply influenced by a cadre of learned
scholar-officials who were steeped in the doctrines of neo-Confucianism.
Like Kory, the Chosn Dynasty lacked the typical features of a feudal
society. It was instead a classic agrarian bureaucracy.
Chosn possessed an elaborate procedure for entry to the civil
service, a highly articulated civil service, and a practice of
administering the country from the top down and from the center. The
system rested on an agrarian base, making it different from modern
bureaucratic systems; the particular character of agrarian-bureaucratic
interaction also provided one of Korea's departures from the typical
Chinese experience.
James B. Palais, a widely respected historian of the Chosn Dynasty,
has shown that conflict between bureaucrats seeking revenues for
government coffers and landowners hoping to control tenants and harvests
was a constant during the Chosn Dynasty, and that in this conflict over
resources the landowners often won out. Controlling land theoretically
owned by the state, private landed interests soon came to be stronger
and more persistent in Korea than in China. Although Korea had a
centralized administration, the ostensibly strong center was more often
a fa�ade concealing the reality of aristocratic power.
One interpretation suggests that Korea's agrarian bureaucracy was
superficially strong but actually rather weak at the center. A more
conventional interpretation is that the Chosn Dynasty was ruled by a
highly centralized monarchy served by a hereditary aristocracy that
competed via civil and military service examinations for access to
bureaucratic office. The state ostensibly dominated the society, but in
fact landed aristocratic families kept the state at bay and perpetuated
local power for centuries. This pattern persisted until the late 1940s,
when landed dominance was obliterated in a northern revolution and
attenuated in southern land reform; since then the balance has shifted
toward strong central power and top-down administration of the whole
country in both Koreas. The disruptions caused by the Korean War
magnified the sociopolitical consequences of these developments.
The scientific Korean written alphabet han'gl was systematized in the fifteenth century under the
greatest of Korean kings, Sejong (r. 1418-50), who also greatly
increased the use of metal moveable type for book publications of all
sorts. Korean is thought to be part of the Altaic
group of languages, which includes Turkic, Mongol, Hungarian, Finnish,
Tungusic (Manchu), and possibly Japanese. In spite of the long influence
of written Chinese, Korean remains very different in lexicon, phonology,
and grammar. The new han'g l alphabet did not come into general
use until the twentieth century, however. Since 1948 North Koreans have
used the Korean alphabet exclusively while South Koreans have retained
usage of a mixed Sino-Korean script.
Confucianism is based on the family and an ideal model of relations
between family members. It generalizes this family model to the state
and to an international system--the Chinese world order. The principle
is hierarchy within a reciprocal web of duties and obligations: the son
obeys the father by following the dictates of filial piety; the father
provides for and educates the son. Daughters obey mothers and
mothers-in-law; younger siblings follow older siblings; wives are
subordinate to husbands. The superior prestige and privileges of older
adults make longevity a prime virtue. In the past, transgressors of
these rules were regarded as uncultured beings unfit to be members of
society. When generalized to politics, the principle mean that a village
followed the leadership of venerated elders and citizens revered a king
or emperor, who was thought of as the father of the state. Generalized
to international affairs, the Chinese emperor was the big brother of the
Korean king.
The glue holding the traditional nobility together was education,
meaning socialization into Confucian norms and virtues that began in
early childhood with the reading of the Confucian classics. The model
figure was the so-called true gentleman, the virtuous and learned
scholar-official who was equally adept at poetry and statecraft. In
Korea education started very early because Korean students had to master
the extraordinarily difficult classical Chinese language--tens of
thousands of written ideographs and their many meanings typically
learned through rote memorization. Throughout the Chosn Dynasty, all
official records and formal education and most written discourse were in
classical Chinese. With Chinese language and philosophy came a profound
cultural penetration of Korea, such that most Chosn arts and literature
came to use Chinese models.
Confucianism is often thought to be a conservative philosophy,
stressing tradition, veneration of a past golden age, careful attention
to the performance of ritual, disdain for material goods, commerce, and
the remaking of nature, combined with obedience to superiors and a
preference for relatively frozen social hierarchies. Much commentary on
contemporary Korea focuses on this legacy and, in particular, on its
allegedly authoritarian, antidemocratic character. Emphasis on the
legacy of Confucianism, however, does not explain the extraordinary
commercial bustle of South Korea, the materialism and conspicuous
consumption of new elites, or the determined struggles for
democratization by Korean workers and students. At the same time, one
cannot assume that communist North Korea broke completely with the past.
The legacy of Confucianism includes the country's family-based politics,
the succession to rule of the leader's son, and the extraordinary
veneration of Kim Il Sung.
The Chosn Dynasty had a traditional class structure that departed
from the Chinese Confucian example, providing an important legacy for
the modern period. The governing elite continued to be known as yangban
but the term no longer simply connoted two official orders. In the Chosn
Dynasty, the yangban had a virtual monopoly on education,
official position, and possession of land. Entry to yangban
status required a hereditary lineage. Unlike in China, commoners could
not sit for state-run examinations leading to official position. One had
to prove membership in a yangban family, which in practice
meant having a forebear who had sat for exams within the past four
generations. In Korea as in China, the majority of peasant families
could not spare a son to study for the exams, so upward social mobility
was sharply limited. But because in Korea the limit also was
specifically hereditary, people had even less mobility than in China and
held attitudes toward class distinction that often seemed
indistinguishable from the attitudes underlying the caste system.
Silla society's "bone-rank" system also underlined that
one's status in society was determined by birth and lineage. For this
reason, each family and clan maintained an extensive genealogical
record, or chokpo, with meticulous care. Because only male offspring
prolonged the family and clan lines and were the only names registered
in the genealogical tables, the birth of a son was greeted with great
felicitation.
The elite were most conscious of family pedigree. A major study of
all those who passed examinations in the Chosn Dynasty (some 14,000)
showed that the elite families were heavily represented; other studies
have documented the persistence of this pattern into the early twentieth
century. Even in 1945, this aristocracy was substantially intact,
although it died out soon thereafter.
Korea's traditional class system also included a peasant majority and
minorities of petty clerks, merchants, and so-called base classes (ch'ommin),
that is, castelike hereditary groups (paekchng) such as
butchers, leather tanners, and beggars. Although merchants ranked higher
than members of low-born classes, Confucian elites frowned on commercial
activity and up until the twentieth century squelched it as much as
possible. Peasants or farmers ranked higher than merchants because they
worked the land, but the life of the peasantry was almost always
difficult during the dynasty, and became more so later on. Most peasants
were tenants, were required to give up at least half their crop to
landlords as tax, and were subject to various additional exactions.
Those in the low-born classes were probably worse off, however, given
very high rates of slavery for much of the Chosn period. One source
reported more than 200,000 government slaves in Seoul alone in 1462, and
recent scholarship has suggested that at one time as much as 60 percent
of Seoul's population may have been slaves. In spite of slavery being
hereditary, however, rates of escape from slavery and manumission also
were unusually high. Class and status hierarchies also were built into
the Korean language and have persisted into the contemporary period.
Superiors and inferiors were addressed quite differently, and elaborate
honorifics were used to address elders. Even verb endings and
conjugations differed according to station.
Chosn Dynasty Confucian doctrines also included a foreign policy
known as "serving the great" (sadae), in this case,
China. Chosn lived within the Chinese world order, which radiated
outward from China to associated states, of which Korea was the most
important. Korea was China's little brother, a model tributary state,
and in many ways the most important of China's allies. Koreans revered
things Chinese, and China responded for the most part by being a good
neighbor, giving more than it took away. China assumed that enlightened
Koreans would follow it without being forced. Absolutely convinced of
its own superiority, China indulged in a policy that might be called
benign neglect, thereby allowing Korea substantive autonomy as a nation.
This sophisticated world order was broken up by Western and Japanese
influence in the late nineteenth century. Important legacies for the
twentieth century remained, however. As a small power, Korea had to
learn to be shrewd in foreign policy. Since at least the seventh
century, Koreans have cultivated the sophisticated art of "low
determines high" diplomacy, a practice whereby a small country
maneuvers between two larger countries and seeks to use foreign power
for its own ends. Although both North Korea and South Korea have often
struck foreign observers as rather dependent on big-power support, both
have not only claimed but also strongly asserted their absolute autonomy
and independence as nation-states, and both have been adept at
manipulating their big-power clients. Until the mid-1980s, North Korea
was masterful not only in getting big powers to fight its battles, but
also in maneuvering between the Soviet Union and China to obtain
something from each and to prevent either from domination. And just as
in the traditional period, P'yongyang's heart was with Beijing.
Nonetheless, the main characteristic of Korea's traditional diplomacy
was isolationism, even what scholar Kim Key-hyuk has called
exclusionism. After the Japanese invasions of the 1590s, Korea isolated
itself from Japan, although the Edo Shogunate and the Chosn Dynasty
established diplomatic relations early in the seventeenth century and
trade was conducted between the two countries. Korea dealt harshly with
errant Westerners who came to the country and kept the Chinese at arm's
length. Westerners called Korea the Hermit Kingdom, a term suggesting
the pronounced hostility toward foreign power and the deep desire for
independence that marked traditional Korea.
Data as of June 1993
North Korea
North Korea - Dynastic Decline
North Korea
A combination of literati purges in the early sixteenth century,
Japanese invasions at the end of the century, and Manchu invasions in
the middle of the seventeenth century severely debilitated the Chosn
state, and it never regained the heights of the fifteenth century. This
period also saw the Manchus sweep away the Ming Dynasty in China, ending
a remarkable period when Korean society seemed to develop apace with
China, while making many independent innovations.
The doctrinaire version of Confucianism that was dominant during the
Chosn Dynasty made squabbles between elites particularly vicious. The
literati based themselves in neo-Confucian metaphysics, which reached a
level of abstraction virtually unmatched elsewhere in East Asia in the
writings of Yi Hwang, also known as Yi T'oe-gye, who was regarded as
Korea's Zhu Xi after the Chinese founder of the neo-Confucian school.
For many other scholar-officials, however, the doctrine rewarded arid
scholasticism and obstinate orthodoxy. First, one had to commit his mind
to one or another side of abstruse philosophical debate, and only then
could the practical affairs of state be put in order. This situation
quickly led to so-called literati purges, a series of upheavals
beginning in the mid-fifteenth century and lasting more than 100 years.
The losers found their persons, their property, their families, and even
their graves at risk from victors determined to extirpate their
influence--always in the name of a higher morality. Later in the
dynasty, the concern with ideological correctness exacerbated more
mundane factional conflicts that debilitated central power. The emphasis
on ideology also expressed the pronounced Korean concern with the power
of ideas; this emphasis is still visible in Kim Il Sung's chuch'e
doctrine, which assumes that rectification of one's thinking precedes
correct action, even to the point of Marxist heresy in which ideas
determine material reality. By the end of the sixteenth century, the
ruling elite had so homogenized its ideology that there were few
heterodox miscreants left: all were presumably united in one idea.
At the end of the sixteenth century, Korea suffered devastating
foreign invasions. The first came shortly after Toyotomi Hideyoshi ended
Japan's internal disorder and unified the territory; he launched an
invasion that put huge numbers of Japanese soldiers in Pusan in 1592.
His eventual goal, however, was to control China. The Chosn court
responded to the invasion by fleeing to the Yalu River, an action that
infuriated ordinary Koreans and led slaves to revolt and burn the
registries. Japanese forces marched through the peninsula at will until
they were routed by General Yi Sun-sin and his fleet of armor-clad
ships, the first of their kind. These warships, the so-called turtle
ships, were encased in thick plating with cannons sticking out at every
point on their oval shape. The Japanese fleets were destroyed wherever
they were found, Japan's supply routes were cut, and facing Ming forces
and so-called righteous armies that rose up to fight a guerrilla war
(even Buddhist monks participated), the Japanese were forced to retreat
to a narrow redoubt near Pusan.
After desultory negotiations and delay, Hideyoshi launched a second
invasion in 1597. The Korean and Ming armies were ready this time.
General Yi returned with a mere dozen warships and demolished the
Japanese forces in Yellow Sea battles near the port of Mokp'o. Back in
Japan, Hideyoshi died of illness, and his forces withdrew to their home
islands, where they nursed an isolationist policy for the next 250
years. In spite of the victory, the peninsula had been devastated.
Refugees wandered its length, famine and disease were rampant, and even
basic land relationships had been overturned by widespread destruction
of registers.
Korea had barely recovered when the Manchus invaded from the north,
fighting on all fronts to oust the Ming Dynasty. Invasions in 1627 and
1636 established tributary relations between Korea and the Manchu's Qing
Dynasty (1644-1911). The invasions, however, were less destructive than
the Japanese invasions, except in the northwest where Manchu forces
wreaked havoc. Thereafter, the dynasty had a period of revival that, had
it continued, might have left Korea much better prepared for its
encounter with the West.
The Confucian literati were particularly reinvigorated by an
intellectual movement advocating that philosophy be geared to solving
real problems of the society. Known as the Sirhak (Practical Learning)
Movement, it spawned people like Yu Hyngwn (1622-73), from a small
farming village, who poured over the classics seeking reform solutions
to social problems. He developed a thorough, detailed critique of nearly
all the institutional aspects of Chosn politics and society, and a set
of concrete reforms to invigorate it. Chng Yag-yong (1762-1836) was
thought to be the greatest of the Sirhak scholars, producing several
books that offered his views on administration, justice, and the
structure of politics. Still others like Yi Su-kwang (1563-1628)
traveled to China and returned with the new Western learning then
spreading in Beijing, while Yi Ik (1681-1763) wrote a treatise entitled Record
of Concern for the Underprivileged.
A new vernacular fiction also developed in the seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries, much of it taking the form of social criticism.
The best known is The Tale of Ch'unhyang, which argues for the
common human qualities of lowborn, commoners, and yangban
alike. Often rendered as a play, it has been a favorite in both North
Korea and South Korea. An older poetic form called sijo, which
consists of short stanzas, became another vehicle for free expression of
distaste for the castelike inequities of Korean society. Meanwhile, Pak
Chi-wn journeyed to Beijing in 1780 and authored Jehol Diary,
which compared Korean social conditions unfavorably with his
observations of China.
The economy diversified as the transplant of rice seedlings boosted
harvests and some peasants became enterprising small landlords.
Commercial crops such as tobacco, ginseng, and cotton developed, and
merchants proliferated at big markets like those in Seoul at East Gate
and South Gate, at the gate to China at iju, and at the gate to Japan at
Tongnae, near Pusan. The use of coins for commerce and for paying wages
increased, and handicraft production increased outside government
control. The old Kory capital at Kaesng became a strong center of
merchant commerce and conspicuous wealth. Finally, throughout the
seventeenth century, Western learning filtered into Korea, often through
the auspices of a spreading Roman Catholic movement, which especially
attracted commoners by its creed of equality.
North Korea
North Korea - NINETEENTH CENTURY
North Korea
The early nineteenth century witnessed a period of sharp decline in
which most of these new developments were extinguished. Harsh
persecution of Roman Catholics began in 1801, and agricultural
production declined, forcing many peasants to pursue slash-and-burn
agriculture in the mountains. Popular uprisings began in 1811 and
continued sporadically throughout the rest of the century, culminating
in the Tonghak
(Eastern Learning) Movement of the 1860s, which
spawned a major peasant rebellion in the 1890s.
Korean leaders were aware that China's position had been transformed
by the arrival of powerful Western gunboats and traders, but they
reacted to the Opium War (1839-42) between China and Britain by shutting
Korea's doors even tighter. In 1853 United States Navy Commodore Matthew
C. Perry and his "black ships" entered Edo Bay, beginning the
process of opening Japan to foreign trade. Korea, however, continued its
isolationist policy. Japan's drastic reform of its institutions--the
Meiji Restoration of 1868--and subsequent industrialization was
attributed by Korean literati to Japan's alleged inferior grasp of
Confucian doctrine. Through its successful rebuff of French and American
attempts to "open" Korea, the regime was encouraged to think
it could hold out indefinitely against external pressure. (The U.S.S. General
Sherman steamed up the Taedong River in 1866 almost to P'yongyang,
whereupon the natives burned the ship and killed all its crew; Kim Il
Sung claimed that his great-grandfather was involved in this incident.)
Reforms from 1864 to 1873 under a powerful leader named the
Taewn'gun, or Grand Prince (Yi Ha-ung, 1821-98), offered further
evidence of Korean resilience; Yi Ha-ung was able to reform the
bureaucracy, bring in new talent, extract new taxes from both the yangban
and commoners, and keep the imperialists at bay. Korea's descent into
the maelstrom of imperial rivalry was quick after this, however, as
Japan succeeded in imposing a Western-style unequal treaty in February
1876, giving its nationals extraterritorial rights and opening three
Korean ports to Japanese commerce. China sought to reassert its
traditional position in Korea by playing the imperial powers off against
each other, with the result that Korea entered into unequal treaties
with the United States, Britain, Russia, Italy, and other countries.
These events split the Korean court into pro-Chinese, pro-Japanese,
pro-United States, and pro-Russian factions, each of which influenced
policy until the final annexation of Korea by Japan in 1910. Meanwhile,
various Korean reform movements sought to get underway, influenced by
either Japanese or American progressives.
A small group of politically frustrated Korean aristocrats in the
early 1880s came under the influence of the Japanese educator and
student of Western knowledge, Fukuzawa Yukichi. This group of Koreans
saw themselves as the vanguard of Korea's "enlightenment," a
term that referred to their nation's release from its traditional
subordination to China and its intellectual views and political
institutions. The group, led by Kim Ok-kyun, included Kim Hong-jip, Yun
Ch'i-ho, and Yu Kil-chun. Yun became an influential modernizer in the
twentieth century, and Yu became the first Korean to study in the United
States--at the Governor Drummer Academy in Byfield, Massachusetts. Kim
Ok-kyun, impressed by the Meiji Restoration, sought to stage a coup d'�tat
in 1884 with a handful of progressives, including Philip Jaisohn (S
Chae-p'il, 1866-1948), and about 200 Japanese legation soldiers.
Resident Chinese troops quickly suppressed it, however, and Kim fled to
Japan. Philip Jaisohn, a Korean who had studied in the United States,
was the first Korean to become a United States citizen. He had returned
to Korea in 1896 to publish one of its first newspapers.
For a decade thereafter, China reasserted a rare direct influence
when Yuan Shikai momentarily made China first among the foreign powers
resident in Korea. He represented the scholar- general and governor of
Tianjin, Li Hongzhang, as Director- General Resident in Korea of
Diplomatic and Commercial Relations in Seoul in 1885. A reformer in
China, Yuan had no use for Korean reformers and instead blocked the
slightest sign of Korean nationalism.
Japan put a definitive end to Chinese influence during the
Sino-Japanese War of 1894-95, seizing on the reinvigorated Tonghak
Movement, which spawned a large rebellion in 1894. Uniting peasants
against Western pressure, growing Japanese economic penetration and
their own corrupt and ineffectual government, the rebellion spread from
the southwest into the center of the peninsula, thus threatening Seoul.
The hapless court invited China to send troops to put the rebellion
down, whereupon Japan had the pretext it needed to send troops to Korea.
After defeating Chinese forces, Japan declared Korea independent, thus
breaking its long tributary relationship with China. Thereafter, Japan
pushed through epochal reforms that ended the old civil service
examination system, abolished traditional class distinctions, ended
slavery, and established modern fiscal and judicial mechanisms.
Korean reformers influenced by the West, such as Philip Jaisohn,
launched an Independence Club (Tongnip Hyphoe) in 1896 to promote
Westernization. They used the vernacular han'gl in their
newspaper, the Tongnip simmun (The Independent), publishing
alternate pages in English. The club included many Koreans who had
studied Western learning in Protestant missionary schools, and for a
while it influenced not only young reformers but also elements of the
Korean court; one of the reformers was Yi Sng-man, otherwise known as
Syngman Rhee (1875-1965), who later served as the first president of
South Korea. The club was repressed, and it collapsed after two years.
The Korean people gradually became more hostile towards Japan. In
1897 King Kojong (r. 1864-1907), fleeing Japanese plots, ended up in the
Russian legation; he conducted the nation's business from there for a
year and shortly thereafter declared Korea to be the "Great Han
[Korean] Empire," from which comes the name Taehan Min'guk,
or Republic of Korea. It was a futile last gasp for the Chosn; the only
question was which imperial power would colonize Korea.
By 1900 the Korean Peninsula was the focus of an intense rivalry
between the powers then seeking to carve out spheres of influence in
East Asia. Russia was expanding into Manchuria and Korea, and briefly
enjoyed ascendancy on the peninsula when King Kojong sought its help in
1897. In alliance with France and Germany, Russia had forced Japan to
return the Liaodong Peninsula, which it had acquired from China as a
result of its victory in the First Sino-Japanese War (1894-95). Japan
promptly leased the region from China and continued to develop it;
shortly thereafter, in 1900, Japanese forces intervened with the other
imperial powers to put down the Boxer Uprising, a xenophobic conflict in
China against Christians and foreigners. Russia continued to develop the
railroad system in Manchuria and to exploit forests and gold mines in
the northern part of Korea. The United States, fearing complete
exclusion from the region-- especially from China--had declared its open
door policy in 1900, but lacked the means to assert its will. During
this period, however, Americans also were given concessions for rail and
trolley lines, waterworks, Seoul's new telephone network, and mines.
Japan briefly pulled back from the peninsula, but its 1902 alliance with
Britain emboldened Japan to reassert itself there.
Russia and Japan initially sought to divide their interests in Korea,
suggesting at one point that the thirty-eighth parallel be the dividing
line between their spheres of influence. The rivalry devolved into the
Russo-Japanese War (1904-05) when Japan launched a successful surprise
attack on the Russian fleet at Port Arthur (Dalian; or Japanese,
Dairen). Japan electrified all of Asia by becoming the first nonwhite
country to subdue one of the "great powers."
Under the peace treaty brokered by Theodore Roosevelt in a conference
at Portsmouth, New Hampshire, and signed in 1905, Russia recognized
Japan's paramount rights in Korea. Japan would not question the rights
of the United States in its colony, the Philippines, and the United
States would not challenge Japan's new protectorate, established in 1905
to control Korea's foreign policy. Japan installed a resident-general
and, two years later, deposed King Kojong. Significant Korean resistance
followed this deposition, spreading through several provinces as local yangban
organized militias for guerrilla warfare against Japan. In 1909, An
Chung-gn, a Korean assassin, shot It Hirobumi, the former Japanese
resident-general who had concluded the protectorate agreement; two
expatriate Koreans in San Francisco also gunned down Durham Stevens, a
foreign affairs adviser to the Japanese who had lauded their efforts in
Korea. It was too little and too late. In 1910 Japan turned Korea into
its colony, thus extinguishing Korea's hard-fought independence, which
had first emerged with Silla and Kogury resistance to Chinese pressures.
Under Japanese imperial pressure that began in earnest with Korea's
opening in l876, the Chosn Dynasty faltered and then collapsed in a few
decades. The dynasty had had an extraordinary five-century longevity,
but although the traditional system could adapt to the changes necessary
to forestall or accommodate domestic or internal conflict and change, it
could not withstand the onslaught of technically advanced imperial
powers with strong armies. The old agrarian bureaucracy had managed the
interplay of different and competing interests by having a system of
checks and balances that tended over time to equilibrate the interests
of different parties. The king and the bureaucracy kept watch over each
other, the royal clans watched both, scholars criticized or remonstrated
from the moral position of Confucian doctrine, secret inspectors and
censors went around the country to watch for rebellion and assure
accurate reporting, landed aristocrats sent sons into the bureaucracy to
protect family interests, and local potentates influenced the county
magistrates sent down from the central administration. The Chosn Dynasty
was not a system that modern Koreans would wish to restore, but it was a
sophisticated political system, adaptable enough and persistent enough
to have given unified rule to Korea for half a millennium.
North Korea
North Korea - JAPANESE COLONIALISM
North Korea
Korea did not escape the Japanese grip until 1945, when Japan lay
prostrate under the Allied victory that brought World War II to a close.
The colonial experience that shaped postwar Korea was intense and
bitter. It brought development and underdevelopment, agrarian growth and
deepened tenancy, industrialization and extraordinary dislocation, and
political mobilization and deactivation. It also spawned a new role for
the central state, new sets of Korean political leaders, communism and
nationalism, and armed resistance and treacherous collaboration. Above
all, it left deep fissures and conflicts that have gnawed at the Korean
national identity ever since.
Colonialism was often thought to have created new countries where
none existed before, to have drawn national boundaries, brought diverse
tribes and peoples together, tutored the natives in self-government, and
prepared for the day when the colonialist power decided to grant
independence. But all this had existed in Korea for centuries before
19l0. Furthermore, by virtue of their relative proximity to China,
Koreans had always felt superior to Japan and blamed Japan's devastating
sixteenth-century invasions for hindering Korean wealth and power in
subsequent centuries.
Thus the Japanese engaged not in creation, but in substitution after
19l0: substituting a Japanese ruling elite for the Korean yangban
scholar-officials, colonial imperative coordination for the old central
state administration, Japanese modern education for Confucian classics,
Japanese capital and expertise for the budding Korean versions, Japanese
talent for Korean talent, and eventually the Japanese language for
Korean. Koreans never thanked the Japanese for these substitutions, did
not credit Japan with creations, and instead saw Japan as snatching away
the ancient regime, Korea's sovereignty and independence, its indigenous
if incipient modernization, and above all its national dignity. Koreans
never saw Japanese rule as anything but illegitimate and humiliating.
Furthermore, the very closeness of the two nations--in geography, in
common Chinese cultural influences, and in levels of development until
the nineteenth century--made Japanese dominance all the more galling to
Koreans and gave a peculiar intensity to their love/hate relationship.
Japan built bureaucracies in Korea, all of them centralized and all
of them big by colonial standards. Unlike the relatively small British
colonial cadre in India, there were 700,000 Japanese in Korea by the
1940s, and the majority of colonizers worked in government service. For
the first time in history, Korea had a national police, responsive to
the center and possessing its own communications and transportation
facilities. The huge Japanese Oriental Development Company organized and
funded industrial and agricultural projects, and came to own more than
20 percent of Korea's arable land; it employed an army of officials who
fanned out through the countryside to supervise agricultural production.
The official Bank of Korea performed central banking functions such as
regulating interest rates and provisioned credit to firms and
entrepreneurs, almost all of them Japanese. Central judicial bodies
wrote new laws establishing an extensive, "legalized" system
of racial discrimination against Koreans, making them second-class
citizens in their own country. Bureaucratic departments proliferated at
the Seoul headquarters of Japan's Government-General of Korea, turning
it into the nerve center of the country. Semiofficial companies and
conglomerates, including the big zaibatsu (commercial
conglomerates) such as Mitsubishi and Mitsui, laid railroads, built
ports, installed modern factories, and ultimately remade the face of old
Korea.
Japan held Korea tightly, watched it closely, and pursued an
organized, architectonic colonialism in which the planner and
administrator were the model, not the swashbuckling conqueror. The
strong, highly centralized colonial state mimicked the role that the
Japanese state had come to play in Japan--intervening in the economy,
creating markets, spawning new industries, and suppressing dissent.
Politically, Koreans could barely breathe, but economically there was
significant, if unevenly distributed, growth. Agricultural output rose
substantially in the 1920s, and a hothouse industrialization occupied
the 1930s. Growth rates in the Korean economy often outstripped those in
Japan itself; one estimate suggested an annual growth rate for Korea of
3.57 percent in the 1911-38 period and a rate of 3.36 percent for Japan
itself.
Koreans have always thought that the benefits of this growth went
entirely to Japan and that Korea would have developed rapidly without
Japanese help. Nonetheless, the strong colonial state, the multiplicity
of bureaucracies, the policy of administrative guidance of the economy,
the use of the state to found new industries, and the repression of
labor unions and dissidents provided a surreptitious model for both
Koreas in the postwar period. Japan showed them an early version of the
"bureaucratic-authoritarian" path to industrialization, and it
was a lesson that seemed well learned by the 1970s.
North Korea
North Korea - KOREAN NATIONALISM AND COMMUNISM
North Korea
The colonial period brought forth an entirely new set of Korean
political leaders, spawned by both the resistance to and the
opportunities of Japanese colonialism. In 1919 mass movements swept many
colonial and semicolonial countries, including Korea. Drawing on Woodrow
Wilson's promises of self-determination, on March 1, 1919, a group of
thirty-three intellectuals petitioned for independence from Japan and
touched off nationwide mass protests that continued for months. These
protests were put down fiercely by the Japanese, causing many younger
Koreans to become militant opponents of colonial rule. The year was a
watershed for imperialism in Korea: the leaders of the movement,
predominantly Christian and Western in outlook, were moderate
intellectuals and students who sought independence through nonviolent
means and support from progressive elements in the West. Their
courageous witness and the nationwide demonstrations that they provoked
remained a touchstone of Korean nationalism. The movement succeeded in
provoking reforms in Japanese administration, but its failure to realize
independence also stimulated radical forms of anticolonial resistance.
In the 1930s, new groups of armed resisters, bureaucrats, and--for the
first time--military leaders emerged. Both North Korea and South Korea
were profoundly influenced by the political elites and the political
conflicts generated during colonial rule.
The emergence of nationalist and communist groups dates back to the
1920s; it was in this period that the left-right splits of postwar Korea
began. The transformation of the yangban aristocracy also began
during the 1920s. Although the higher scholar-officials were pensioned
off and replaced by Japanese, landlords were allowed to retain their
holdings and encouraged to continue disciplining peasants and extracting
rice. The traditional landholding system was put on a new basis through
new legal measures and a full cadastral survey shortly after Japan took
over, but tenancy continued and was systematically deepened throughout
the colonial period. By 1945 Korea had an agricultural tenancy system
with few parallels in the world. More traditional landlords were content
to sit back and let Japanese officials increase output; by 1945 such
people were widely viewed as treacherous collaborators with the
Japanese, and strong demands emerged that they share out land to their
tenants. During the l920s, however, another trend began: landlords
became entrepreneurs.
Some Korean militants went into exile in China and the Soviet Union
and founded early communist and nationalist resistance groups. A Korean
Communist Party (KCP) was founded in Seoul in 1925; one of the
organizers was Pak Hn-yng, who became the leader of Korean communism in
southern Korea after 1945. Various nationalist groups also emerged
during this period, including the exiled Korean Provisional Government
(KPG) in Shanghai, which included Syngman Rhee and another famous
nationalist, Kim Ku, among its members.
Police repression and internal factionalism made it impossible for
radical groups to exist for any length of time. Many nationalist and
communist leaders were jailed in the early 1930s (they reappeared in
1945). When Japan invaded and then annexed Manchuria in 193l, however, a
strong guerrilla resistance embracing both Chinese and Koreans emerged. There were well over 200,000 guerrillas--all loosely connected,
and including bandits and secret societies--fighting the Japanese in the
early 1930s; after murderous but effective counterinsurgency campaigns,
the numbers declined to a few thousand by the mid-1930s. It was from
this milieu that Kim Il Sung (originally named Kim Sng-ju, born in 1912)
emerged. By the mid-1930s, he had become a significant guerrilla leader
whom the Japanese considered one of the most effective and dangerous of
guerrillas. They formed a special counterinsurgent unit to track Kim
down and put Koreans in it as part of their divide-and-rule tactics.
Both Koreas have spawned myths about the guerrilla resistance: North
Korea claims that Kim single-handedly defeated the Japanese, and South
Korea claims that the present-day ruler of North Korea is an imposter
who stole the name of a revered patriot. Nonetheless, the resistance is
important for understanding postwar Korea. Resistance to Japan became
the main legitimating doctrine of North Korea: North Koreans trace the
origin of their army, leadership, and ideology back to this resistance.
For the next five decades, the top North Korean leadership was dominated
by a core group that had fought the Japanese in Manchuria. (Kim Il
Sung's tenure in a Russian reconnaissance brigade also would have had an
influence.)
Japan declared war on China in 1937 and on the United States in 194l.
As this war took on global dimensions, Koreans for the first time had
military careers opened to them. Although most Koreans were conscripted
foot soldiers, a small number achieved officer status and a few attained
high rank. The officer corps of the South Korean army during the Rhee
period was dominated by Koreans with experience in the Japanese army. At
least in part, the Korean War became a matter of Japanese-trained
military officers fighting Japanese-spawned resistance leaders.
Japan's far-flung war effort also caused a labor shortage throughout
the empire. In Korea this situation meant that bureaucratic positions
were more available to Koreans than at any previous time; thus a
substantial cadre of Koreans received administrative experience in
government, local administration, police and judicial work, economic
planning agencies, banks, and the like. That this occurred in the last
decade of colonialism created a divisive legacy, however, for this
period also was the harshest period of Japanese rule, the time Koreans
remember with the greatest bitterness. Korean culture was quashed, and
Koreans were required to speak Japanese and take Japanese names. The
majority suffered badly at the precise time that a minority was doing
well. This minority was tainted by collaboration, and that stigma was
never lost. Korea from 1937 to 1945 was much like Vichy France in the
early 1940s: bitter experiences and memories continued to divide people,
even within the same family. Because it was too painful to confront
directly, the experience became buried history and continued to play on
the national identity.
In the mid-1930s, Japan's colonial policy entered a phase of heavy
industrialization that embraced all of Northeast Asia. Unlike most
colonial powers, Japan located heavy industry in its colonies and
brought the means of production to the labor and raw materials.
Manchuria and northern Korea got steel mills, automotive plants,
petrochemical complexes, and enormous hydroelectric facilities. The
region was held exclusively by Japan and tied together with the home
market to the point that national boundaries had became less important
than the new transnational, integrated production. To facilitate this
production, Japan also built railroads, highways, cities, ports, and
other modern transportation and communication facilities. By 1945 Korea
proportionally had more kilometers of railroads than any other Asian
country save Japan, leaving only remote parts of the central east coast
and the wild northeastern Sino-Korean border region untouched by modern
means of conveyance. These changes were externally induced and served
Japanese, not Korean interests. Thus they represented a kind of
overdevelopment.
The same exogenous changes fostered underdevelopment in Korean
society as a whole. The Korean upper and managerial classes did not
develop; instead their development was retarded or swelled suddenly at
Japanese behest. Among the majority peasant class, change was advanced.
Koreans became the mobile human capital used to work the new factories
in northern Korea and Manchuria, mines and other enterprises in Japan,
and urban factories in southern Korea. From 1935 to 1945, Korea began
its industrial revolution with many of the usual characteristics:
uprooting of peasants from the land, the emergence of a working class,
urbanization, and population mobility. In Korea the process was
telescoped, giving rise to comparatively remarkable population
movements. By 1945 about 11 percent of the entire Korean population was
abroad (mostly in Japan and Manchuria), and 20 percent of all Koreans
were either abroad or in a province other than that in which they were
born, with most of the interprovincial movement being southern peasants
moving into northern industry. This was, by and large, a forced or
mobilized movement; by 1942 it often meant drafted, conscripted labor.
Peasants lost land or rights to work land only to end up working in
unfamiliar factory settings, doing the dirty work for a pittance.
Perhaps the most important characteristic of Korea's colonial
experience was the manner in which it ended: the last decade of a
four-decade imperium was a pressure cooker. The colonial situation built
to a crescendo, abruptly collapsed, and left the Korean people and two
opposing great powers to deal with the results.
When the colonial system was abruptly terminated in 1945, millions of
Koreans sought to return to their native villages from these far-flung
mobilization details. But they were no longer the same people: they had
grievances against those who had remained secure at home, they had
suffered material and status losses, they had often come into contact
with new ideologies, and they had all seen a broader world beyond the
villages. It was these circumstances that loosed upon postwar Korea a
mass of changed and disgruntled people who deeply disordered the early
postwar period and the plans of the United States and the Soviet Union.
North Korea
North Korea - ORIGINS OF THE DPRK
North Korea
The crux of the period of national division and opposing states in
Korea was the decade from 1943 to 1953, and the politics of contemporary
Korea cannot be understood without comprehending this decade. It was the
breeding ground of the two Koreas, of war, and of a reordering of
international politics in Northeast Asia.
From the time of the tsars, Korea had been a concern of Russian
security. The Russo-Japanese War of 1904-05 was fought in part over the
disposition of the Korean Peninsula. It was often surmised that the
Russians saw Korea as a gateway to the Pacific, especially to warm-water
ports. However, the Soviets did not get a warm-water port out of their
involvement in Korea.
There was greater complexity than this in Soviet policy. Korea had
one of Asia's oldest communist movements. Although it would appear that
postwar Korea was of great concern to the Soviet Union, many have
thought that its policy was a simple matter of Sovietizing northern
Korea, setting up a puppet state, and then, in 1950, directing Kim Il
Sung to unify Korea by force. However, the Soviets did not have an
effective relationship with Korean communists; Joseph Stalin purged and
even executed many of the Koreans who had functioned in the Communist
International, and he did not help Kim Il Sung and other guerrillas in
their struggle against Japan.
The United States took the initiative in big power deliberations on
Korea during World War II, suggesting a multilateral trusteeship for
postwar Korea to the British in March 1943, and to the Soviet leaders at
the end of the same year. President Franklin D. Roosevelt, concerned
about the disposition of enemy-held colonial territories and aware of
colonial demands for independence, sought a gradualist, tutelary policy
of preparing former colonials--such as the Koreans--for self-government
and independence. At the Cairo Conference in December 1943, the Allies,
under United States urging, declared that after Japan was defeated Korea
would become independent "in due course," a phrase consistent
with Roosevelt's ideas. At about the same time, planners in the United
States Department of State reversed the traditional United States policy
of noninvolvement in Korea by defining the security of the peninsula as
important to the security of the postwar Pacific, which was, in turn,
very important to American security.
At a midnight meeting in Washington on August 10 and 11, 1945, War
Department officials, including John J. McCloy and Dean Rusk, decided to
make the thirty-eighth parallel the dividing line between the Soviet and
United States zones in Korea. Neither the Soviet forces nor the Koreans
were consulted. As a result, when 25,000 American soldiers occupied
southern Korea in early September 1945, they found themselves up against
a strong Korean impulse for independence and for thorough reform of
colonial legacies. By and large, Koreans wished to solve their problems
themselves and resented any inference that they were not ready for
self-government.
During World War II, Stalin was mostly silent in his discussions with
Roosevelt about Korea. From 194l to 1945, Kim Il Sung and other
guerrillas were given sanctuary in Sino-Soviet border towns, trained at
a small school, and dispatched as agents into Japanese-held territory.
Recent research suggests that Chinese, not Soviet, communists controlled
the border camps. Although the United States suspected that as many as
30,000 Koreans were being trained as Soviet guerrilla agents, postwar
North Korean documents captured by General Douglas A. MacArthur showed
that there could not have been more than a few hundred guerrilla agents.
When Soviet troops occupied Korea north of the thirty-eighth parallel in
August 1945, they brought these Koreans, now in the Soviet army, with
them. They were often termed Soviet-Koreans, even though most of them
were not Soviet citizens. Although this group was not large, several of
them became prominent in the regime, for example H Ka-i, an experienced
party organizer, who was Soviet-born, and Nam Il, who became well known
during the Korean War when he led the North Korean delegation in peace
talks. The Soviet side quietly acquiesced to the thirty-eighth parallel
decision and then accepted the United States plan for a multilateral
trusteeship at a foreign ministers' meeting in December 1945. Over the
next two years, the two powers held so-called joint commission meetings
trying to resolve their differences and establish a provisional
government for Korea.
The United States military command, along with emissaries dispatched
from Washington, tended to interpret resistance to United States desires
in the south as radical and pro-Soviet. When Korean resistance leaders
set up an interim "people's republic" and people's committees
throughout southern Korea in September 1945, the United States saw this
fundamentally indigenous movement as part of a Soviet master plan to
dominate all of Korea. Radical activity, such as the ousting of
landlords and attacks on Koreans in the former colonial police force,
usually was a matter of settling scores left over from the colonial
period, or of demands by Koreans to run their own affairs. But it
immediately became wrapped up with United States- Soviet rivalry, such
that the Cold War arrived early in Korea--in the last months of 1945.
Once the United States occupation force chose to bolster the status
quo and resist radical reform of colonial legacies, it immediately ran
into monumental opposition to its policies from the majority of South
Koreans. The United States Army Military Government in Korea (1945-48)
spent most of its first year suppressing the many people's committees
that had emerged in the provinces. This action provoked a massive
rebellion in the fall of 1946; after the rebellion was suppressed,
radical activists developed a significant guerrilla movement in 1948 and
1949. Activists also touched off a major rebellion at the port of Ysu in
South Korea in October 1948. Much of this disorder resulted from
unresolved land problem caused by conservative landed factions who used
their bureaucratic power to block redistribution of land to peasant
tenants. North Koreans sought to take advantage of this discontent, but
the best evidence shows that most of the dissidents and guerrillas were
southerners upset about southern policies. Indeed, the strength of the
left wing was in those provinces most removed from the thirty-eighth
parallel--in the southwest, which had historically been rebellious (the
Tonghaks came from there), and in the southeast, which had felt the
greatest impact from Japanese colonialism.
By 1947 Washington was willing to acknowledge formally that the Cold
War had begun in Korea and abandoned attempts to negotiate with the
Soviet government to form a unified, multilateral administration. Soviet
leaders had also determined that the postwar world would be divided into
two blocs, and they deepened their controls over North Korea. When
President Harry S Truman announced the Truman Doctrine and the
containment policy in the spring of 1947, Korea was very nearly included
along with Greece and Turkey as a key containment country; Department of
State planners foresaw an enormous US$600-million package of economic
and military aid for southern Korea, and backed away only when the
United States Congress and the Department of War balked at such a huge
sum. Instead, the decision was made to seek United Nations (UN) backing
for United States policy in Korea, and to hold a UN-supervised
plebiscite in all of Korea if the Soviet Union would go along, in
southern Korea alone if it did not. North Korea refused to cooperate
with the UN. The plebiscite was held in May 1948 and resulted in the
establishment of the Republic of Korea in August of the same year.
From August 1945 until January 1946, Soviet forces worked with a
coalition of communists and nationalists led by a Christian educator
named Cho Man-sik. Kim Il Sung did not appear in North Korea until
October 1945; what he did in the two months after the Japanese surrender
is not known. When he reappeared, Soviet leaders presented Kim to the
Korean people as a guerrilla hero. The Soviets did not set up a central
administration, nor did they establish an army. In retrospect their
policy was more tentative and reactive than American policy in South
Korea, which moved forward with plans for a separate administration and
army. In general, Soviet power in the Asia-Pacific region was flexible
and resulted in the withdrawal of Soviet troops from Manchuria in early
1946.
Whether in response to United States initiatives or because most
Koreans despised the trusteeship agreement that had been negotiated at
the end of 1945, separate institutions began to emerge in North Korea in
early 1946. In February 1946, an Interim People's Committee led by Kim
Il Sung became the first central government. The next month, a
revolutionary land reform took place, dispossessing landlords without
compensation. In August 1946, a powerful political party, the North
Korean Workers' Party, dominated politics as a result of a merger with
the Korean Communist Party; in the fall the rudiments of a northern army
appeared. Central agencies nationalized major industries that previously
had been mostly owned by the Japanese and began a two-year economic
program based on the Soviet model of central planning and priority for
heavy industry. Nationalists and Christian leaders were ousted from all
but pro forma participation in politics, and Cho Man-sik was placed
under house arrest. Kim Il Sung and his allies dominated all the
political parties, ousting resisters.
Within a year of the liberation from Japanese rule, North Korea had a
powerful political party, a growing economy, and a single powerful
leader, Kim Il Sung. Kim's emergence and that of the Kim system dated
from mid-1946, by which time he had placed close, loyal allies at the
heart of power. His prime assets were his
background, his skills at organization, and his ideology. Only
thirty-four years old when he came to power, Kim was fortunate to emerge
in the last decade of a forty-year resistance that had killed off many
leaders of the older generation. North Korea claimed that Kim was the
leader of all Korean resisters, when, in fact, there were many other
leaders. But Kim won the support and firm loyalty of several hundred
people like him: young, tough, nationalistic guerrillas who had fought
in Manchuria. Because the prime test of legitimacy in postwar Korea was
one's record under the hated Japanese regime, Kim and his core allies
possessed nationalist credentials superior to those of the South Korean
leadership. Furthermore, Kim's backers had military force at their
disposal and used it to their advantage against rivals with no military
experience.
Kim's organizational skills probably came from experience gained in
the Chinese Communist Party in the 1930s. He was also a dynamic leader.
Unlike traditional Korean leaders and intellectual or theoretical
communists such as Pak Hn-yng, he pursued a style of mass leadership
that involved using his considerable charisma and getting close to the
people. He often visited a factory or a farm for so-called
"on-the-spot guidance" and encouraged his allies to do the
same. Led by Kim, the North Koreans went against Soviet orthodoxy by
including masses of poor peasants in the party; indeed, they termed the
party a "mass" rather than a vanguard party.
Since the 1940s, from 12 to 14 percent of the population has been
enrolled in the communist party, compared with 1 to 3 percent for
communist parties in most countries. The Korean Workers' Party (KWP) was
formed by a merger of the communist parties in North Korea and South
Korea in 1949. The vast majority of KWP members were poor peasants with
no previous political experience. Membership in the party gave them
status, privileges, and a rudimentary form of political participation.
Kim's ideology in the 1940s tended to be revolutionary- nationalist
rather than communist. The chuch'e ideology had its beginnings
in the late 1940s, although the term chuch'e was not used until
a 1955 speech in which Kim castigated some of his comrades for being too
pro-Soviet. The concept of chuch'e, which means placing all
foreigners at arm's length, has resonated deeply with Korea's Hermit
Kingdom past. Chuch'e doctrine stresses self-reliance and
independence, but also draws on neo-Confucian emphasis on rectification
of one's thinking before action in the real world. Soon after Kim took
power, virtually all North Koreans were required to participate in study
groups and re-education meetings, where regime ideology was inculcated.
In the 1940s, Kim faced factional power struggles among his group.
Factions included communists who had remained in Korea during the
colonial period, called the domestic faction; Koreans associated with
Chinese communism, the Yan'an faction; Kim's Manchurian partisans, the
Kapsan faction; Soviet Union loyalists, the Soviet faction. In the
aftermath of the Korean War, amid much false scapegoating for the
disasters of the war, Kim purged the domestic faction, many of whose
leaders were from southern Korea; Pak Hn-yng and twelve of his
associates were pilloried in show trials under ridiculous charges that
they were American spies, and ten of them subsequently were executed. In
the mid-1950s, Kim eliminated key leaders of the Soviet faction,
including H Ka-i, and overcame an apparent coup attempt by members of
the Yan'an faction, after which he purged many of them. Some, such as
the guerrilla hero Mu Chng, a Yan'an faction member, reportedly escaped
to China. These power struggles took place only during the first decade
of the regime. Later, there were conflicts within the leadership, but
they were relatively minor and did not successfully challenge Kim's
power.
In the period 1946 to 1948, there was much evidence that the Soviet
Union hoped to dominate North Korea. In particular, it sought to involve
North Korea in a quasi-colonial relationship in which Korean raw
materials, such as tungsten and gold, were exchanged for Soviet
manufactured goods. The Soviet Union also sought to keep Chinese
communist influence out of Korea; in the late 1940s, Maoist doctrine had
to be infiltrated into North Korean newspapers and books. Soviet influence was especially strong in the media,
where major organs were staffed by Koreans from the Soviet Union, and in
the security bureaus. Nonetheless, the Korean guerrillas who fought in
Manchuria were not easily molded and dominated. They were tough, highly
nationalistic, and determined to have Korea for themselves. This was
especially so for the Korean People's Army (KPA), which was an important
base for Kim Il Sung and which was led by Ch'oe Yng-gn, another Korean
guerrilla who had fought in Manchuria. At the army's founding ceremony
on February 8, 1948, Kim urged his soldiers to carry forward the
tradition of the Koreans who had fought against the Japanese in
Manchuria.
The Democratic People's Republic of Korea was established on
September 9, 1948, three weeks after the Republic of Korea had been
formed in Seoul. Kim Il Sung was named premier, a title he retained
until 1972, when, under a new constitution, he was named president. At the end of 1948, Soviet occupation forces
were withdrawn from North Korea. This decision contrasted strongly with
Soviet policies in Eastern Europe. Tens of thousands of Korean soldiers
who fought in the Chinese civil war from 1945 to 1949 also filtered back
to Korea. All through 1949, tough crack troops with Chinese, not Soviet,
experience returned to be integrated with the KPA; the return of these
Korean troops inevitably moved North Korea toward China. It enhanced
Kim's bargaining power and enabled him to maneuver between the two
communist giants. Soviet advisers remained in the Korean government and
military, although far fewer than the thousands claimed by South Korean
sources. There probably were 300 to 400 advisers posted to North Korea,
but many of those were experienced military and security people. Both
countries continued to trade, and the Soviet Union sold World War
II-vintage weaponry to North Korea.
In 1949 Kim Il Sung had himself named suryng, an old Kogury term for "leader" that the
Koreans always modified by the adjective "great"--as in
"great leader" (Widaehan chidoja). The KPA was built up
through recruiting campaigns for soldiers and bond drives to purchase
Soviet tanks. The tradition of the Manchurian guerrillas was burnished
in the party newspaper, Nodong simmun (Workers' Daily), perhaps
to offset the influence of powerful Korean officers, who like Mu Chng
and Pang Ho-san, had fought with the Chinese communists.
North Korea
North Korea - THE KOREAN WAR
North Korea
In early 1949, North Korea seemed to be on a war footing. Kim's New
Year's speech was bellicose and excoriated South Korea as a puppet
state. The army expanded rapidly, soldiers drilled in war maneuvers, and
bond drives began to amass the necessary funds to purchase Soviet
weaponry. The thirty-eighth parallel was fortified, and border incidents
began breaking out. Neither Seoul nor P'yongyang recognized the parallel
as a permanent legitimate boundary.
Although many aspects of the Korean War remained murky, it seemed
that the beginning of conventional war in June 1950 was mainly Kim's
decision, and that the key enabling factor was the existence of as many
as 100,000 troops with battle experience in China. When the Rhee regime,
with help from United States military advisers, severely reduced the
guerrilla threat in the winter of 1949-50, the civil war moved into a
conventional phase. Kim sought Stalin's backing for his assault, but
documents from Soviet and Chinese sources suggested that he got more
support from China.
Beginning on June 25, 1950, North Korean forces fought their way
south through Seoul. South Korean resistance collapsed as the roads
south of Seoul became blocked with refugees, who were fleeing North
Korean columns spearheaded with tanks supplied by the Soviet Union. Task
Force Smith, the first United States troops to enter the war, made a
futile stand at Suwn, a town some thirty miles south of Seoul. Within a
month of the start of the invasion, North Korean forces had seized all
but a small corner of southeastern Korea anchored by the port city of
Pusan. Repeated North Korean efforts, blunted by heavy United States Air
Force bombing and stubborn resistance by the combined United States and
South Korean forces on the Pusan perimeter, denied Kim Il Sung forceful
reunification of the peninsula. The fortunes of war reversed abruptly in
early September when General MacArthur boldly landed his forces at
Inch'n, the port city for Seoul in west central Korea. This action
severed the lines of communication and supply between the North Korean
army and its base in the north. The army quickly collapsed, and combined
United States and South Korean forces drove Kim Il Sung's units
northward and into complete defeat.
The United States thrust in the fall of 1950, however, motivated
China to bring its forces--the Chinese People's Volunteer Army--in on
the northern side; these "volunteers" and the North Korean
army pushed United States and South Korean forces out of North Korea
within a month. Although the war lasted another two years, until the
summer of 1953, the outcome of early 1951 was definitive: both a
stalemate and a United States commitment to containment that accepted
the de facto reality of two Koreas.
By the time the armistice was signed in 1953, North Korea had been
devastated by three years of bombing attacks that had left almost no
modern buildings standing. Both Koreas had watched as their country was
ravaged and the expectations of 1945 were turned into a nightmare.
Furthermore, when Kim's regime was nearly extinguished in the fall of
1950, the Soviet Union did very little to save it--China picked up the
pieces.
North Korea
North Korea - THE POST-WAR ECONOMY
North Korea
North Korea has a socialist command economy. Beginning with the
Three-Year Plan (1954-56) at the end of the Korean War and the shortened
Five-Year Plan (1957-60) that succeeded it, reconstruction and the
priority development of heavy industry has been stressed, with consumer
goods a low priority. This strategy of industrialization, biased toward
heavy industry, pushed the economy forward at record growth rates in the
1950s and 1960s. The First Seven-Year Plan (1961-70--extended for three
years because of Soviet aid stoppages in the early 1960s caused by North
Korea's support for China in the Sino-Soviet dispute)--also projected a
higher than average growth rate.
By the early 1970s, North Korea had clearly exhausted extensive
development of its industries based on its own, prewar Japanese, or new
Soviet technologies, and therefore turned to the West and Japan to
purchase turnkey plants. These purchases ultimately caused North Korea's
problems with servicing its external debt-- estimated at between US$2
billion and US$3 billion for the years 1972-79. Later seven- and ten-year plans failed to reach
projected growth rates; still, a study published by the United States
Central Intelligence Agency in 1978 estimated that North Korea's per
capita gross national product (GNP) equaled South Korea's as late as
1976. Since that time, however, it has fallen behind South Korea, and
transportation bottlenecks and fuel resource problems have plagued the
economy.
Agriculture was collectivized after the Korean War, in stages that
went from mutual aid teams to second-stage cooperatives, but stopped
short of building the huge state farms found in the Soviet Union or the
communes of China. Relying mostly on cooperative farms corresponding to
the old natural villages and using material incentives (there was
apparently little ideological bias against using such incentives), North
Korea pushed agricultural production ahead, and its general agricultural
success was acknowledged. The United States government estimated in 1978
that grain production had grown more rapidly in North Korea than in
South Korea and that living standards in North Korea's rural areas had
probably improved more quickly than those in South Korea. Nevertheless,
production has fallen behind and North Korea has failed to reach
projected targets, for example, the production of 10 million tons of
grain by 1986.
North Korea
North Korea - CORPORATISM AND THE CHUCH'E IDEA
North Korea
Marxism did not present a political model for achieving socialism,
only an opaque set of prescriptions. This political vacuum opened the
way for the development of an indigenous political culture. The strongest
foreign influence on North Korea's leadership has been the Chinese
communist model. Like Mao Zedong, Kim Il Sung has been very much a mass
line leader, making frequent visits to factories and the countryside,
sending cadres down to local levels to help policy implementation and to
solicit local opinion, requiring small-group political study and
so-called criticism and self-criticism, using periodic campaigns to
mobilize people for production or education, and encouraging soldiers to
engage in production in good "people's army" fashion.
The North Korean political system also differs in many respects from
China and the former Soviet Union. The symbol of the KWP is a hammer and
sickle with a superimposed writing brush, symbolizing the
"three-class alliance" of workers, peasants, and
intellectuals. Unlike Mao's China, the Kim regime has never excoriated
intellectuals as a potential "new class" of exploiters;
instead, it has followed an inclusive policy toward them, perhaps
because postwar Korea was short of intellectuals and experts and because
so many had left North Korea for South Korea in the 1945-50 period. For
P'yongyang, the term intellectual refers to experts and
technocrats, of which there are exceedingly few in North Korea. North
Korea's political system is thus a mix of Marxism-Leninism, Korean
nationalism, and indigenous political culture. The term that perhaps
best captures this system is corporatism. Socialist corporatist doctrine
has always preferred an organic politic to the liberal, pluralist
conception: a corporeal body politic rather than a set of diverse groups
and interests.
North Korea's goal of tight unity at home has produced a remarkable
organicism, unprecedented in any existing communist regime. Kim Il Sung
is not just the "iron-willed, ever-victorious commander," the
"respected and beloved Great Leader"; he also is the
"head and heart" of the body politic (even "the supreme
brain of the nation"!). The flavor of this politics can be
demonstrated through quotations taken from KWP newspapers in the spring
of 1981:
Kim Il Sung ... is the great father of our people....Long is the
history of the word father being used as a word representing
love and reverence ... expressing the unbreak-able blood ties between
the people and the leader. Father. This familiar word
represents our people's single heart of boundless respect and
loyalty.... The love shown by the Great Leader for our people is the
love of kinship. Our respected and beloved Leader is the
tender-hearted father of all the people.... Love of paternity ... is
the noblest ideological sentiment possessed only by our people.
His heart is a traction power attracting the hearts of all people
and a centripetal force uniting them as one.... Kim Il Sung is the
great sun and great man ... thanks to this great heart, national
independence is firmly guaranteed.
This type of language was especially strong when the succession of
Kim Jong Il was publicly announced at the Sixth Party Congress in 1980.
The KWP often is referred to as the "Mother" party, the mass
line is said to provide "blood ties," the leader always is
"fatherly," and the country is one big "family." Kim
Il Sung is said to be paternal, devoted, and benevolent, and the people
presumably respond with loyalty, obedience, and mutual love.
North Korean ideology buries Marxism-Leninism under the ubiquitous,
always-trumpeted chuch'e idea. By the 1970s, chuch'e
had triumphed fundamentally over Marxism-Leninism as the basic ideology
of the regime, but the emphases were there from the beginning. Chuch'e
is the opaque core of North Korean national solipsism.
National solipsism expresses an omnipotent theme found in North
Korean written materials: an assumption that Korea is the center of the
world, radiating outward the rays of chuch'e, especially to
Third World countries that are thought by the North Koreans to be ready
for chuch'e. The world tends toward Korea, with all eyes on Kim
Il Sung. The presence of such an attitude is perhaps the most bizarre
aspect of North Korea, but also one of the most noticeable. The model of
ever-widening concentric circles--at the center of which is Kim Il Sung,
next his family, next the guerrillas who fought with him, and then the
KWP elite--is profoundly Korean and has characterized North Korea since
1946. This core circle controls everything at the top levels of the
regime. The core moves outward and downward concentrically to encompass
other elements of the population and provides the glue holding the
system together. As the penumbra of workers and peasants is reached,
trust gives way to control on a bureaucratic basis and to a mixture of
normative and remunerative incentives. Nonetheless, the family remains
the model for societal organization. An outer circle distinguishes the
Korean from the foreign, a reflection of the extraordinary ethnic and
linguistic unity of Koreans and Korea's history of exclusionism. Yet the
circle keeps on expanding, as if to encompass foreigners under the
mantle of Kim and his chuch'e idea.
North Korea
North Korea - INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
North Korea
Since the end of the Korean War, the two Koreas have faced each other
across the Demilitarized Zone (DMZ), engaged most of the time in unremitting, withering,
unregenerate hostility, punctuated by occasional, brief thaws and
increasing exchanges between P'yongyang and Seoul. Huge armies still are
poised to fight at a moment's notice. The emergence of the Sino-Soviet conflict in
1969, the United States opening to China in 1971-72, and the end of the
Second Indochina War in 1975, however, were some of the watershed
changes in world politics that both seemed to empty the Cold War logic
of its previous meaning and changed the great power configuration.
The strategic logic of the 1970s had an immediate and beneficial
impact on Korea. The Nixon administration withdrew a division of United
States soldiers from South Korea. North Korea responded by virtually
halting attempts at infiltration (compared with 1968, when more than 100
soldiers died along the DMZ and the United States spy ship Pueblo
was seized) and by significantly reducing the defense budget in 1971. In
what seemed to be a miraculous development, the Koreas held talks at a
high level. These talks between the director of the Korean Central
Intelligence Agency and Kim Yng-ju, Kim Il Sung's younger brother, in
early 1972, culminated in a July 4, 1972, announcement that both sides
would seek reunification peacefully, independently of outside forces,
and with common efforts toward creating a "great national
unity" that would transcend the many differences between the two
systems. Within a year, however, this initiative had effectively failed.
United States policy again shifted, if less dramatically, when the
administration of Jimmy Carter announced plans for a gradual but
complete withdrawal of United States ground forces from South Korea (air
and naval units would remain deployed in or near Korea). At that time, a
prolonged period of North Korean courting of the United States began. In
1978, however, the first of the large-scale military exercises called
Team Spirit, involving more than 200,000 United States and South Korean
troops, was held. And, in 1979, the Carter administration dropped its
program of troop withdrawal in reaction to North Korea's rapid and
extensive upgrading of its army and the discovery of North Korean-built
tunnels under the DMZ; the administration committed itself to a modest
but significant build-up of force and equipment levels in South Korea.
In the late 1970s, P'yongyang's policy towards Moscow and Beijing was
somewhat of a balancing act. Nonetheless, North Korea began using a term
of opprobrium for Soviet imperialism, dominationism (chibaejui),
a term akin to the Chinese term, hegemonism. By and large,
P'yongyang adhered to the Chinese foreign policy line during the Carter
years, while taking care not to antagonize the Soviet Union needlessly.
When Vietnam invaded Cambodia in 1978, North Korea forcefully and
publicly condemned the invasion while maintaining a studied silence when
China responded by invading Vietnam.
By the early 1980s, changing United States-China relations also had
repercussions in the two Koreas. China said publicly that it wished to
play a role in reducing tension on the Korean Peninsula. In January
1984, for the first time, a major North Korean initiative called for
three-way talks between the United States, South Korea, and North Korea.
Through most of the 1980s, China sought to sponsor talks between
Washington and P'yongyang-- talks that occasionally took place in
Beijing at the ministercounselor level--and encouraged Kim Il Sung to
take the path of diplomacy.
The reemergence of detente between the United States and the Soviet
Union in the mid-1980s has provided a major opportunity to resolve the
Korean confrontation. Seoul, more than P'yongyang, has been effective in
exploiting these new opportunities. As Seoul's prestige has grown, it
has clearly put P'yongyang on the defensive, perhaps more than at any
time since the Korean War. The sharp changes in world politics in the
late 1980s placed the fate of the Kim regime in the balance. If North
Korea survives amid the failure of most other communist systems, it will
be because of the historical, nationalistic, and indigenous roots that
its leaders have sought to foster since the 1940s. Drawing on a
tradition of resistance to foreign pressure going back to the states of
Kogury and Parhae, the North Koreans demonstrated their tenacity and
their resilience during the time of the Korean War. They will probably
find the 1990s equally challenging.
North Korea
North Korea - GEOGRAPHY
North Korea
The Korean Peninsula extends for about 1,000 kilometers southward
from the northeast Asian continental landmass. The main Japanese islands
of Honsh and Ky sh are located some 200 kilometers to the southeast
across the Tsushima Strait, the southeast part of the Korea Strait;
China's Shandong Peninsula lies 190 kilometers to the west. Japan's Tsushima Island lies between the peninsula's southeast
coast and Ky sh . The Korean Peninsula's west coast is bordered by the
Yellow Sea (or Korea Bay as it is called in North Korea). The east coast
is bordered by the Sea of Japan (known in Korea as the East Sea; North
Korean sources sometimes refer to the Yellow and Japan seas as the West
and East seas of Korea, respectively). The 8,460 kilometer coastline of
Korea is highly irregular, with North Korea's half of the peninsula
having 2,495 kilometers of coastline. Some 3,579 islands lie adjacent to
the Korean Peninsula, mostly along the south and west coasts.
Korea's northern land border is formed by the Yalu (or Amnok) and
Tumen rivers, which have their sources in the region around Paektu-san
(Mount Paektu or White Head Mountain), an extinct volcano and Korea's
highest mountain (2,744 meters). The Yalu River flows into the Yellow
Sea, and the Tumen River flows east into the Sea of Japan. The northern
border extends for 1,433 kilometers; 1,416 kilometers are shared with
the Chinese provinces of Jilin and Liaoning, and the remaining 17
kilometers with Russia. Part of the border with China near Paektu-san
has yet to be clearly demarcated.
At the end of World War II, the Korean Peninsula was divided along
the thirty-eighth parallel into Soviet and United States occupation
zones. With the signing of an armistice marking the end of the Korean
War in 1953, the border between North Korea and South Korea became the
Demaraction Line, which runs through the middle of the Demilitarized
Zone (DMZ). This heavily guarded, 4,000-meter-wide strip of land runs
east and west along the line of cease-fire for a distance of 241
kilometers (238 kilometers of that line form the land boundary with
South Korea). The North Korean government claims territorial waters
extending twelve nautical miles from shore. It also claims an exclusive
economic zone 200 nautical miles from shore. In addition, a maritime
military boundary that lies fifty nautical miles offshore in the Sea of
Japan and 200 nautical miles offshore in the Yellow Sea demarcates the
waters and airspace into which foreign ships and planes are prohibited
from entering without permission.
The total land area of the Korean Peninsula, including islands, is
220,847 square kilometers, of which 55 percent, or 120,410 square
kilometers, constitutes the territory of North Korea. The combined
territories of North and South Korea are about the same size as the
United Kingdom or the state of Minnesota. North Korea alone is about the
size of the state of New York or Louisiana.
<>
Topography and Drainage
<>
Climate
<>Environment
North Korea
North Korea - Topography and Drainage
North Korea
Early European visitors to Korea remarked that the country resembled
"a sea in a heavy gale" because of the many successive
mountain ranges that crisscross the peninsula. Some 80 percent of North Korea's land area is composed of
mountains and uplands, with all of the peninsula's mountains with
elevations of 2,000 meters or more located in North Korea. The great
majority of the population lives in the plains and lowlands.
The land around Paektu-san near the China border is volcanic in
origin and includes a basalt lava plateau with elevations of between
1,400 and 2,000 meters above sea level. The Hamgyng Range, located in
the extreme northeastern part of the peninsula, has many high peaks
including Kwanmo-san at approximately 1,756 meters. Other major ranges
include the Nangnim Range, which is located in the north-central part of
North Korea and runs in a north-south direction, making communication
between the eastern and western parts of the country rather difficult;
and the Kangnam Range, which runs along the North Korea-China border. K
mgang-san, or Diamond Mountain, (approximately 1,638 meters) in the
T'aebaek Range, which extends into South Korea, is famous for its scenic
beauty.
For the most part, the plains are small. The most extensive are the
P'yongyang and Chaeryng plains, each covering about 500 square
kilometers. Because the mountains on the east coast drop abruptly to the
sea, the plains are even smaller there than on the west coast.
The mountain ranges in the northern and eastern parts of North Korea
form the watershed for most of its rivers, which run in a westerly
direction and empty into the Yellow Sea (Korea Bay). The longest is the
Yalu River, which is navigable for 678 of its 790 kilometers. The Tumen
River, one of the few major rivers to flow into the Sea of Japan, is the
second longest at 521 kilometers but is navigable for only 85 kilometers
because of the mountainous topography. The third longest river, the
Taedong River, flows through P'yongyang and is navigable for 245 of its
397 kilometers. Lakes tend to be small because of the lack of glacial
activity and the stability of the earth's crust in the region. Unlike
neighboring Japan or northern China, North Korea experiences few severe
earthquakes. The country is well-endowed with spas and hot springs,
which number 124 according to one North Korean source.
North Korea
North Korea - Climate
North Korea
Located between 38 and 43 north latitude, North Korea has a
continental climate with four distinct seasons. Long winters bring
bitterly cold and clear weather interspersed with snow storms as a
result of northern and northwestern winds that blow from Siberia. The
daily average high and low temperatures for P'yongyang in January are -3�
C and -13� C. Average snowfall is thirty-seven days during the winter.
The weather is likely to be particularly harsh in the northern,
mountainous regions. Summer tends to be short, hot, humid, and rainy
because of the southern and southeastern monsoon winds that bring moist
air from the Pacific Ocean. The daily average high and low temperatures
for P'yongyang in August are 29� C and 20� C. On average,
approximately 60 percent of all precipitation occurs from June to
September. Typhoons affect the peninsula on an average of at least once
every summer. Spring and autumn are transitional seasons marked by mild
temperatures and variable winds and bring the most pleasant weather.
North Korea
North Korea - Environment
North Korea
Lack of information makes it difficult to assess the extent to which
industrialization and urbanization have damaged North Korea's natural
environment. Using generally obsolete technology transferred from the
former Soviet Union and China, the country embarked on a program of
ambitious industrialization after the Korean War. Poland,
Czechoslovakia, and Romania, which had similar industrial policies, had
some of the world's worst air, water, and soil pollution in the early
1990s.
The April 1986 passage of an environment protection law by the
Supreme People's Assembly, the country's national legislature, suggested
that North Korea might also have serious pollution problems. Speaking
about the bill, Vice President Yi Chong-ok claimed that "big
successes" had been accomplished in this field in the past, and
that "visitors to the DPRK can easily confirm that pollution has
not reached there the levels experienced in other countries."
Although Yi described the law as a preventive rather than a curative
measure, a German publication noted that the attendance of
representatives from the cities of Namp'o, Hamhng, and Ch'ngjin at
preliminary discussions of the bill suggested that these localities
might have more serious pollution problems than other North Korean
cities.
Air pollution is moderated by the extensive reliance on electricity
rather than on fossil fuels, both for industry and the heating of urban
residences. Air pollution is further limited by the absence of private
automobiles and restrictions on using gasoline-powered vehicles because
of the critical shortage of oil. The extent of water pollution is
unknown, but it did not seem to be a serious problem in the P'yongyang
area as of early 1993.
North Korea
North Korea - Environment
North Korea
THE KOREAN PENINSULA, located at the juncture of the northeast Asian
continent and the Japanese archipelago, has been home to a culturally
and linguistically distinct people for more than two millennia. The
ancestors of modern Koreans are believed to have come from northeast and
Inner Asia. Like their Japanese neighbors, they have been deeply
influenced by Chinese civilization. The elite culture and social
structure of traditional Korea, especially during the Chosn Dynasty
(1392-1910) founded by General Yi Sng-gye, reflected neoConfucian norms. Despite centuries of Chinese
cultural influence, an episode of Japanese colonialism (1910-45),
division into United States and Soviet spheres after World War II
(1939-45), and the Korean War (1950-53, known in North Korea as the
Fatherland Liberation War), the Korean people have retained their ethnic
and cultural distinctiveness. Indeed, cultural distinctiveness,
autonomy, and creativity have become central themes in the North Korean
regime's chuch'e ideology.
The Democratic People's Republic of Korea (DPRK, or North Korea) is a
socialist society with a Soviet style authoritarian political system in
which the leadership emphasizes the formulation of a distinctively
Korean style of socialism termed chuch'e. Its antithesis is "flunkeyism", or sadejuui, which traditionally referred to
subordination to Chinese culture but has come to mean subservience to a
foreign power. North Korean leaders label as "flunkeyism"
anything that they wish to criticize as excessively dependent on foreign
influence.
The North Korean regime has attempted to break with its
China-dependent Confucian past, but the more authoritarian strains in
Confucian thought are reinforced by the authoritarianism of
Marxism-Leninism and Stalinism and by contemporary social values. Like
the ideal Confucian ruler, North Korean leaders Kim Il Sung and Kim Jong
Il are depicted as morally perfect leaders whose boundless benevolence
earns them the gratitude and loyalty of the masses.
Kim Il Sung's domination of the political system after 1948 and his
formulation of chuch'e ideology has made him the focus of an
intense personality cult comparable to, and perhaps even more extreme,
than that of Joseph Stalin. Through means of the state-controlled media
and the education system, which includes an elaborate network of
"social education" institutions aimed at creating a proper
environment for the rearing of North Korean youth, Kim Il Sung and Kim
Jong Il are the focus of nationwide veneration.
North Korea's rigidly hierarchical social structure resembles that of
pre-modern Korea: an unequal society, both in terms of status and
economic rewards. The rulers are at the apex, next come a small elite of
Korean Workers' Party (KWP) officers, then a larger group of KWP cadres,
and, finally, the majority of the population. At the bottom of the
social-political pyramid are the politically suspect, including those
whose relatives fled to the Republic of Korea (ROK, or South Korea)
after 1945. The treatment of people is largely determined by political
criteria. For example, talented people with "tainted"
political backgrounds usually find it impossible to attend a college or
university.
Insight into this cloistered society has benefited since the late
1980s from North Korea's release of statistics about its population,
health conditions, educational enrollment, and other data previously
kept secret. This information suggests that as of July 1991, the
approximately 21.8 million North Koreans have life expectancies, health
conditions, and mortality rates roughly equivalent to those of South
Korea, which at that time had about twice the population. In the early
1990s, however, relatively limited information is available on living
standards, especially for those living outside the capital city of
P'yongyang.
North Korea
North Korea - POPULATION
North Korea
Estimating the size, growth rate, sex ratio, and age structure of
North Korea's population has been extremely difficult. Until release of
official data in 1989, the 1963 edition of the North Korea Central
Yearbook was the last official publication to disclose population
figures until 1989. After 1963 demographers used varying methods to
estimate the population. They either totaled the number of delegates
elected to the Supreme People's Assembly (each delegate representing
50,000 people before 1962 and 30,000 people afterward) or relied on
official statements that a certain number of persons, or percentage of
the population, was engaged in a particular activity. Thus, on the basis
of remarks made by President Kim Il Sung in 1977 concerning school
attendance, the population that year was calculated at 17.2 million
persons. During the 1980s, health statistics, including life expectancy
and causes of mortality, were gradually made available to the outside
world.
In 1989 the Central Statistics Bureau released demographic data to
the United Nations Fund for Population Activities (UNFPA) in order to
secure the UNFPA's assistance in holding North Korea's first nationwide
census since the establishment of the DPRK in 1948. Although the figures
given to the United Nations (UN) might have been purposely distorted, it
appears that in line with other attempts to open itself to the outside
world, the North Korean regime has also opened somewhat in the
demographic realm. Although the country lacks trained demographers,
accurate data on household registration, migration, and births and
deaths are available to North Korean authorities. According to the
United States scholar Nicholas Eberstadt and demographer Judith
Banister, vital statistics and personal information on residents are
kept by agencies on the ri, or ni (village, the local
administrative unit) level in rural areas and the dong
(district or block) level in urban areas.
Size and Growth Rate
In their 1992 monograph, The Population of North Korea,
Eberstadt and Banister use the data given to the UNFPA and also make
their own assessments. They place the total population at 21.4 million
persons in mid-1990, consisting of 10.6 million males and 10.8 million
females. This figure is close to an estimate of 21.9 million persons for
mid-1988 cited in the 1990 edition of the Demographic Yearbook
published by the UN. Korean Review, a book by Pan Hwan Ju
published by the P'yongyang Foreign Languages Press in 1987, gives a
figure of 19.1 million persons for 1986.
The figures disclosed by the government reveal an unusually low
proportion of males to females: in 1980 and 1987, the maleto -female
ratios were 86.2 to 100, and 84.2 to 100, respectively. Low
male-to-female ratios are usually the result of a war, but these figures
were lower than the sex ratio of 88.3 males per 100 females recorded for
1953, the last year of the Korean War. The male-to-female ratio would be
expected to rise to a normal level with the passage of years, as
happened between 1953 and 1970, when the figure was 95.1 males per 100
females. After 1970, however, the ratio declined. Eberstadt and Banister
suggest that before 1970 male and female population figures included the
whole population, yielding ratios in the ninetieth percentile, but that
after that time the male military population was excluded from
population figures. Based on the figures provided by the Central
Statistics Bureau, Eberstadt and Banister estimate that the actual size
of the "hidden" male North Korean military had reached 1.2
million by 1986 and that the actual male-to-female ratio was 97.1 males
to 100 females in 1990. If their estimates are correct, 6.1 percent of
North Korea's total population was in the military, numerically the
world's fifth largest military force, in the late 1980s.
The annual population growth rate in 1960 was 2.7 percent, rising to
a high of 3.6 percent in 1970, but falling to 1.9 percent in 1975. This
fall reflected a dramatic decline in the fertility rate: the average
number of children born to women decreased from 6.5 in 1966 to 2.5 in
1988. Assuming the data are reliable, reasons for falling growth rates
and fertility rates probably include late marriage, urbanization,
limited housing space, and the expectation that women would participate
equally in terms of work hours in the labor force. The experience of
other socialist countries suggests that widespread labor force
participation by women often goes hand-in-hand with more traditional
role expectations; in other words, they are still responsible for
housework and childrearing. The high percentage of males aged seventeen
to twenty-six may also have contributed to the low fertility rate.
According to Eberstadt and Banister's data, the annual population growth
rate in 1991 was 1.9 percent.
The North Korean government seems to perceive its population as too
small in relation to that of South Korea. In its public pronouncements,
P'yongyang has called for accelerated population growth and encouraged
large families. According to one KoreanAmerican scholar who visited
North Korea in the early 1980s, the country has no birth control
policies; parents are encouraged to have as many as six children. The
state provides t'agaso (nurseries) in order to lessen the
burden of childrearing for parents and offers a seventy-seven-day paid
leave after childbirth. Eberstadt and Banister suggest, however, that
authorities at the local level make contraceptive information readily
available to parents and that intrauterine devices are the most commonly
adopted birth control method. An interview with a former North Korean
resident in the early 1990s revealed that such devices are distributed
free at clinics.
Population Structure and Projections
Demographers determine the age structure of a given population by
dividing it into five-year age-groups and arranging them chronologically
in a pyramidlike structure that "bulges" or recedes in
relation to the number of persons in a given age cohort. Many poor,
developing countries have a broad base and steadily tapering higher
levels, which reflects a large number of births and young children but
much smaller age cohorts in later years as a result of relatively short
life expectancies. North Korea does not entirely fit this pattern; data
reveal a "bulge" in the lower ranges of adulthood. In 1991
life expectancy at birth was approximately sixty-six years for males,
almost seventy-three for females.
It is likely that annual population growth rates will increase in the
future, as will as difficulties in employing the many young men and
women entering the labor force in a socialist economy already suffering
from stagnant growth. Eberstadt and Banister estimate that the
population will increase to 25.5 million by the end of the century and
to 28.5 million in 2010. They project that the population will stabilize
(that is, cease to grow) at 34 million persons in 2045 and will then
experience a gradual decline. By comparison, South Korea's population is
expected to stabilize at 52.6 million people in 2023.
Settlement Patterns and Urbanization
North Korea's population is concentrated in the plains and lowlands.
The least populated regions are the mountainous Chagang and Yanggang
provinces adjacent to the Chinese border; the largest concentrations of
population are in North P'yngan and South P'yngan provinces, in the
municipal district of P'yongyang, and in South Hamgyng Province, which
includes the Hamhng-Hngnam urban area . Eberstadt and Banister calculate
the average population density at 167 persons per square kilometer,
ranging from 1,178 persons per square kilometer in P'yongyang
Municipality to 44 persons per square kilometer in Yanggang Province. By
contrast, South Korea had an average population density of 425 persons
per square kilometer in 1989.
Like South Korea, North Korea has experienced significant urban
migration since the end of the Korean War. Official statistics reveal
that 59.6 percent of the total population was classified as urban in
1987. This figures compares with only 17.7 percent in 1953. It is not
entirely clear, however, what standards are used to define urban
populations. Eberstadt and Banister suggest that although South Korean
statisticians do not classify settlements of under 50,000 as urban,
their North Korean counterparts include settlements as small as 20,000
in this category. And, in North Korea, people who engage in agricultural
pursuits inside municipalities sometimes are not counted as urban.
Urbanization in North Korea seems to have proceeded most rapidly
between 1953 and 1960, when the urban population grew between 12 and 20
percent annually. Subsequently, the increase slowed to about 6 percent
annually in the 1960s and between 1 and 3 percent from 1970 to 1987.
In 1987 North Korea's largest cities were P'yongyang, with
approximately 2.3 million inhabitants; Hamhng, 701,000; Ch'ngjin,
520,000; Namp'o, 370,000; Sunch'n, 356,000; and Siniju, 289,000. In 1987
the total national population living in P'yongyang was 11.5 percent. The
government also restricts and monitors migration to cities and ensures a
relatively balanced distribution of population in provincial centers in
relation to P'yongyang.
Koreans Living Overseas
Large-scale emigration from Korea began around 1904 and continued
until the end of World War II. During the Japanese colonial occupation
(1910-45), many Koreans emigrated to Manchuria (China's three
northeastern provinces of Heilongjiang, Jilin, and Liaoning), other
parts of China, the Soviet Union, Hawaii, and the continental United
States. People from Korea's northern provinces went mainly to Manchuria,
China, and Siberia; many from the southern provinces went to Japan. Most
�migr�s left for economic reasons because employment opportunities
were scarce; many Korean farmers had lost their land after the Japanese
colonial government introduced a system of private land tenure, imposed
higher land taxes, and promoted the growth of an absentee landlord class
charging exorbitant rents.
In the 1980s, more than 4 million ethnic Koreans lived outside the
peninsula. The largest group, about 1.7 million people, lived in China;
most had assumed Chinese citizenship. Approximately 1 million Koreans,
almost exclusively from South Korea, lived in North America. About
389,000 ethnic Koreans resided in the former Soviet Union. One observer
noted that Koreans have been so successful in running collective farms
in Soviet Central Asia that being Korean is often associated by other
citizens there with being rich, and as a result there is growing
antagonism against Koreans. Smaller groups of Koreans are found in
Central America and South America (85,000), the Middle East (62,000),
Europe (40,000), Asia (27,000), and Africa (25,000).
Many of Japan's approximately 680,000 Koreans have belowaverage
standards of living. This situation is partly because of discrimination
by the Japanese. Many resident Koreans, loyal to North Korea, remain
separate from, and often hostile to, the Japanese social mainstream. The
pro-North Korean Choch'ongryn (General Association of Korean Residents
in Japan, known as Ch sen s ren or Ch s ren in Japanese) (see Glossary)
initially was more successful than the pro-South Korean Mindan
(Association for Korean Residents in Japan) in attracting adherents
among residents in Japan.
Between 1959 and 1982, Choch'ongryn encouraged the repatriation of
Korean residents in Japan to North Korea. More than 93,000 Koreans left
Japan, the majority (80,000 persons) in 1960 and 1961. Thereafter, the
number of repatriates declined, apparently because of reports of
hardships suffered by their compatriots. Approximately 6,637 Japanese
wives accompanied their husbands to North Korea, of whom about 1,828
retained Japanese citizenship in the early 1990s. P'yongyang had
originally promised that the wives could return home every two or three
years to visit their relatives. In fact, however, they are not allowed
to do so, and few have had contact with their families in Japan. In
normalization talks between North Korean and Japanese officials in the
early 1990s, the latter urged unsuccessfully that the wives be allowed
to make home visits.
Updated population figures for North Korea.
North Korea
North Korea - Confucian and Neo-Confucian Values
North Korea
Neo-Confucianism, the dominant value system of the Chosn Dynasty
(1392-1910), combines the social ethics of the classical Chinese
philosophers Confucius (Kong Zi, 551-479 B.C.) and Mencius (Meng Zi,
372-289 B.C.) with Buddhist and Daoist metaphysics. One of
neo-Confucianism's basic ideas is that the institutions and practices of
a properly ordered human community express the immutable principles or
laws that govern the cosmos. Through correct social practice, as defined
by Confucian sages and their commentators, individuals can achieve
self-cultivation and a kind of spiritual unity with heaven (although
this was rarely described in mystic or ecstatic terms). Neo-Confucianism
defines formal social relations on all levels of society. Social
relations are not conceived in terms of the happiness or satisfaction of
the individuals involved, but in terms of the harmonious integration of
individuals into a collective whole, which, like the properly cultivated
individual, mirrors the harmony of the natural order.
During the Chosn Dynasty, Korean kings made the neoConfucian doctrine
of the Chinese philosopher Zhu Xi (1130-1200) their state ideology.
Although it was a foreign philosophy, Korean neo-Confucian scholars, of
whom the most important was Yi Hwang, also known as Yi T'oe-gye
(1501-70), played a role in adapting Zhu Xi's teachings to Korean
conditions. This was done without denying the cultural superiority of
China as the homeland of civilized thought and forms of life.
Neo-Confucianism in Korea became quite rigid and conservative by the
mid-sixteenth century. In practice, the doctrine emphasized hierarchy in
human relations and self-control for the individual. The Five
Relationships (o ryun in Korean; wu lun in Chinese),
formulated by classical Chinese thinkers such as Mencius and
subsequently sanctified by Zhu Xi and other neo-Confucianist
metaphysicians, governed proper human relations: that "between
father and son there should be affection; between ruler and minister
there should be righteousness; between husband and wife there should be
attention to their separate functions; between old and young there
should be proper order; and between friends there should be
faithfulness." Only the last was a relationship between equals; the
others were based on authority and subordination.
Throughout traditional Korean society, from the royal palace and
central government offices in the capital to the humblest household in
the countryside, the themes of hierarchy and inequality were pervasive.
There was no concept of the rights of the individual. In the context of
the wider society, a welldefined elite of scholar-officials versed in
neo-Confucian orthodoxy was legitimized in terms of the traditional
ethical distinction between the educated "superior man" or
"gentleman," who seeks righteousness, and the "small
man," who seeks only profit. This theme was central in the writings
of both Confucius and Mencius. Confucianism and neo-Confucianism as
political philosophies proposed a benevolent paternalism: the masses had
no role in government, but the scholar-officials were supposed to look
after them as fathers look after their children. In the Chosn Dynasty,
status and power inequalities, defined precisely within a vertical
hierarchy, were generally considered both natural and good. The
hierarchy extended from the household relationships of fathers and
children through the intermediary relationships of ruler and ruled
within the kingdom, to Korea's subordinate status as a tributary of
China.
There is a danger, however, in overstressing the idea of Korea as a
homogeneously Confucian society, even during the Chosn Dynasty. Foreign
observers have been impressed with the diversity of the Korean character
as expressed in day-to-day human relations. There is, on the one hand,
the image of Koreans as self-controlled, deferential, and meticulous in
the fulfillment of their social obligations; on the other hand, there is
the Korean reputation for volatility and emotionalism. The ecstasy and
euphoria of shamanistic religious practices, one of Korea's most
characteristic cultural expressions, contrast sharply with the austere
self-control idealized by Confucianists. Although relatively minor
themes in the history of Korean ethics and social thought, the concepts
of equality and respect for individuals are not entirely lacking. The
doctrines of Ch'ndogyo, an indigenous religion that arose in the nineteenth
century and combined elements of Buddhism, Daoism, shamanism,
Confucianism, and Catholicism, taught that every human being "bears
divinity" and that one must "treat man as god."
North Korea
North Korea - Chosn Dynasty Social Structure
North Korea
In the Chosn Dynasty, four distinct social strata developed: the
scholar-officials (or nobility), collectively referred to as the yangban;
the chungin (literally, "middle people"), technicians
and administrators subordinate to the yangban; the commoners or
sangmin, a large group composed of farmers, craftsmen, and
merchants; and the ch'mmin (despised, or base people, often
slaves) at the bottom of society. To arrest social mobility and ensure
stability, the government devised a system of personal tallies in order
to identify people according to their status, and elites kept detailed
genealogies, or chokpo.
In the strictest sense of the term, yangban referred to
government officials or officeholders who had passed the civil service
examinations, which tested knowledge of the Confucian classics and their
neo-Confucian interpretations. They were the Korean counterparts of the
scholar-officials, or mandarins, of imperial China. The term yangban,
first used during the Kory Dynasty (918-1392), literally means two
groups, that is, civil and military officials. Over the centuries,
however, its usage became rather vague, so the term can be said to have
several overlapping meanings. A broader use of the term included within
the yangban two other groups that could be considered
associated with, but outside, the ruling elite. The first included those
scholars who had passed the preliminary civil service examination and
sometimes the higher examinations but failed to secure government
appointment. In the late Chosn Dynasty, there were many more successful
examination candidates than there were positions. The second included
the relatives and descendants of government officials because formal yangban
rank was hereditary. Even if these people were poor and did not
themselves serve in the government, they were considered members of a
"yangban family" and thus shared the aura of the
elite so long as they retained Confucian culture and rituals.
In principle, however, the yangban were a meritocratic
elite. They gained their positions through educational achievement.
Although certain groups of persons (including artisans, merchants,
shamans [mudang], slaves, and Buddhist monks) were prohibited
from taking the higher civil service examinations, they formed only a
small portion of the population. In theory, the examinations were open
to the majority of people, who were farmers. In the early years of the
Chosn Dynasty, some commoners may have been able to attain high
positions by passing the examinations and advancing on sheer talent.
Later, talent was a necessary but not a sufficient prerequisite for
getting into the core elite because of the surplus of successful
examinees. Influential family connections were virtually indispensable
for obtaining high official positions. Moreover, special posts called
"protection appointments" were inherited by descendants of the
Chosn royal family and certain high officials. Despite the emphasis on
educational merit, the yangban became in a very real sense a
hereditary elite. Thus, when progressive officials enacted the 1984 Kabo
Reforms, a program of social reforms, they found it necessary to abolish
the social distinctions between yangban and commoners.
Below the yangban, yet superior to the commoners, were the chungin,
a small group of technical and administrative officials. This group
included astronomers, physicians, interpreters, and career military
officers. Local functionaries, who were members of an inferior
hereditary class, were an important and frequently oppressive link
between the yangban and the common people, and were often the
de facto rulers of a local region.
The sangmin, or commoners, comprised about 75 percent of the
total population. These farmers, craftsmen, and merchants bore the
burden of taxation and were subject to military conscription. Farmers
had higher prestige than merchants, but lived a hard life. Below the
commoners, the ch'mmin performed what was considered vile or
low-prestige work. They included servants and slaves in government
offices and resthouses, jailkeepers and convicts, shamans, actors,
female entertainers (kisaeng), professional mourners,
shoemakers, executioners, and, for a time, Buddhist monks and nuns. Also
included in the category were the paekchng who dealt with meat
and the hides of animals; they were considered "unclean" and
lived in segregated communities. Slaves were treated as chattel but
could own property and even other slaves. Although slaves were numerous
at the beginning of the Chosn Dynasty, their numbers had dwindled by the
time slavery was officially abolished with the Kabo Reforms.
North Korea
North Korea - The Traditional Family and Kinship
North Korea
Filial piety (hyo in Korean; xiao in Chinese), the
first of the Five Relationships defined by Mencius, had traditionally
been the normative foundation of Korean family life. Historically, the
Korean family was patrilineal. The most important concern of the family
group was to produce a male heir to carry on the family line and to
perform ancestor rituals in the household and at the family gravesite.
The first son customarily assumed leadership of the family after his
father's death and inherited his father's house and a greater portion of
land than his younger brothers. His birthright enabled him to carry out
the ritually prescribed obligations to the family ancestors.
The special reverence shown to ancestors was both a social ethic and
a religion. Koreas were taught that deceased family members did not pass
into oblivion, to a remote afterlife, or, as Buddhists believed, to
rebirth as humans or animals in some remote place; rather, they
remained, in spiritual form, securely within the family circle. Even in
the early 1990s, the presence of the deceased is intensely real and
personal for traditionally minded Koreans. Fear of death is blunted by
the consoling thought that even in the grave one will be cared for by
one's own people. Succeeding generations are obligated to remember the
deceased in a yearly cycle of rituals and ceremonies.
The purpose of marriage was to produce a male heir, not to provide
mutual companionship and support for husband and wife, even though this
sometimes happened. Marriages were arranged. A go-between or matchmaker,
usually a middle-aged woman, carried on the negotiations between the two
families involved; because of a very strict law on exogamy, these two
families sometimes did not know each other and often lived in different
communities. The bride and groom met for the first time at the marriage
ceremony, a practice that was gradually abandoned in urban areas before
World War II.
The traditional Korean kinship system, defined in terms of different
obligations in relation to the reverence shown to ancestors, was
complex. Anthropologists generally view it in terms of four separate
levels, beginning with the household at the lowest level and reaching to
the clan, which included many geographically dispersed members. The
household, chip
or jip, consisted of a husband and wife,
their children, and, if the husband was the eldest son, his parents. The
eldest son's household, the stem family, was known as the "big
house" (k'nchip, or k' njip); that of each of the
younger sons, a branch family containing husband, wife, and children
only, was known as a "little house" (chag nchip, or
chag njip). It was through the stem family of the eldest son that the
main line of descent was traced from generation to generation.
The second level of kinship was the "mourning group" (changnye),
which consisted of all those descendants of a common patrilineal
forebear up to four generations back. Its role was to organize
ceremonies at gravesites. These included the reading of a formal message
by the eldest male descendant of the changnye progenitor and
the offering of elaborate and attractive dishes to the ancestral
spirits.
Similar rituals were carried out at the third level of kinship
organization, the lineage, p'a. A lineage might comprise only a handful of households,
or hundreds or even thousands of households. The lineage was responsible
for rites to ancestors of the fifth generation or above, performed at a
common gravesite. During the Chosn Dynasty, the lineage commonly
possessed land, gravesites, and buildings. Croplands were allocated to
support the ancestral ceremonies. The p'a also performed other
functions--aiding poor or distressed lineage members, educating children
at schools maintained by the p'a, and supervising the behavior
of younger lineage members. Because most people living in a single
village were members of a common lineage during the Chosn Dynasty, the p'a
performed many social services at the local level that, in the 1990s,
are provided by state-run schools, public security organs, and the state
system of clinics and hospitals.
The fourth and most inclusive kinship organization was the clan or,
more accurately, the surname origin group (tongsng). Members of
the same munjung (extended family) shared both a surname and
origins in the generally remote past. For example, the Chnju Yi, who
originated in Chnju in North Chlla Province (in contemporary South
Korea), claimed, and continue to claim, as their progenitor the founder
of the Chosn Dynasty, Yi Sng-gye. Unlike members of smaller kinship
groups, however, they often lacked strong feelings of solidarity. In
many if not most cases, the real function of the surname origin group
was to define groups of permissible marriage partners. The strict rule
of exogamy prohibited marriage between people from the same tongsng
and tongbon (ancestral origin) even if their closest common
ancestors had lived centuries earlier. Confuciansts regarded this
prohibition, which originated during the Chosn Dynasty, as a sign of
Korea's civilized status; they believed that only barbarians married
within their own clan or kin group.
North Korea
North Korea - The Colonial Transformation of Korean Society
North Korea
The social strata of the Chosn Dynasty and the family system were
sustained by a highly stable environment composed, for the most part, of
rural communities. The Hermit Kingdom, as it was called by Westerners,
had very little contact with the outside world even in the late
nineteenth century. Rapid changes, however, occurred during the Japanese
colonial period, which disrupted the centuries-old ways of life and
caused considerable personal hardship.
These changes were particularly disruptive in rural areas.
Traditionally, all land belonged to the king and was granted by him to
his subjects. Although specific tracts of land tended to remain within
the same family from generation to generation (including communal land
owned by clans and lineages), land occupancy, use, and ownership
patterns were often ambiguous and varied from one part of the country to
another. Land was not privately held.
Between 1910 and 1920, the Japanese carried out a comprehensive land
survey in order to place land ownership on a modern legal footing.
Farmers who had tilled the same land for generations but could not prove
ownership had their land confiscated. Such land ended up in the hands of
the colonial government, to be sold to Japanese enterprises such as the
Oriental Development Company or to Japanese immigrants.
These policies forced many Koreans to emigrate overseas or to become
tenant farmers. Still other Koreans fled to the hills to become
"fire field," or slash-and-burn, farmers, living under
extremely harsh and primitive conditions. By 1936 there were more than
1.5 million slash-and-burn farmers. Other former farmers moved to urban
areas to work in factories.
The fortunes of the yangban elite were mixed. Some prospered
under the Japanese as landlords or even entrepreneurs. Those yangban
who remained aloof from their country's new overlords, however, often
fell into poverty. A few Koreans educated in modern Japanese or foreign
missionary schools formed the nucleus of a modern middle class.
The Japanese built railroads and highways--a logistic system- -and
schools and hospitals. A modern system of administration was established
to link the colonial economy more effectively with that of Japan. These
changes also fostered employment for Koreans as mid- and lower-level
civil servants and technicians. During the 1930s and early 1940s,
industrial development projects, especially in the border area between
Korea and China, employed thousands of Koreans as workers and lower
level industrial managers. All the top posts were held by Japanese;
prewar and wartime industrialization nevertheless created new classes of
workers and managers.
At the end of World War II, Korea's traditional social fabric, based
on rural communities and stable social hierarchies, was tattered but not
entirely destroyed. In South Korea, the traditional social system
survived, although drastically altered by urbanization and economic
development. In North Korea, an occupation by Soviet troops, the
communist revolution, and the rule of Kim Il Sung, transformed the
society.
North Korea
North Korea - Tradition and Modernity in North Korea
North Korea
The extent to which the Confucian values of the Chosn Dynasty
continue to exert an influence on North Korean society in the 1990s is
an intriguing question that cannot be adequately answered until outside
observers can gain greater access to the country. The regime practices a
very strict regimen of "revolutionary tourism" for those few
people allowed to visit the country, so observing everyday life and
gleaning opinions and attitudes are impossible. The average tourist
views countless monuments to Kim Il Sung, revolutionary theatrical
performances, model farms and factories, large, new apartment complexes,
and scenic splendor, but hears little of what the people really think or
feel. Confucianism clearly does not serve as a formal ideology or social
ethic (being condemned because of its history of class exploitation, its
cultural subservience to a foreign state, and as a contradiction of the chuch'e
ideology). Yet its more authoritarian and hierarchical themes seem to
have made the population receptive to the personality cult of Kim Il
Sung.
This authoritarian strain of Confucianism has apparently survived,
transformed by socialist and chuch'e ideology. It appears that
P'yongyang has chosen to co-opt some of the traditional values rather
than to eradicate them. For example, the education system and the media
strongly emphasize social harmony. But the nature of education beginning
at the preschool level and the limited amount of time parents are able
to spend with children because of work schedules subordinates parental
authority to that of the state and its representatives. Some aspects of
filial piety remain salient in contemporary North Korea; for example,
children are taught by the state-controlled media to respect their
parents. However, filial piety plays a secondary role in relation to
loyalty to the state and Kim Il Sung.
Kim Il Sung is not only a fatherly figure, but was described, in
childhood, as a model son. A 1980 article entitled "Kim Il Sung
Termed Model for Revering Elders" tells of how he warmed his
mother's cold hands with his own breath after she returned from work
each day in the winter and gave up the pleasure of playing on a swing
because it tore his pants, which his mother then had to mend. "When
his parents or elders called him, he arose from his spot at once no
matter how much fun he had been having, answered 'yes' and then ran to
them, bowed his head and waited, all ears, for what they were going to
say." According to Kim, "Communists love their own parents,
wives, children, and their fellow comrades, respect the elderly, live
frugal lives and always maintain a humble mien." The "dear
leader," or Kim Jong Il, is also described as a filial son; when he
was five years old, a propagandist wrote, he insisted on personally
guarding his father from evil imperialists with a little wooden rifle.
The personality cult of Kim Il Sung resembles those of Stalin in the
Soviet Union in the 1930s and 1940s and Nicolae Ceau escu in Romania
until his overthrow in 1989. But in North Korea, special attention is
paid to the theme of Kim's benevolence and the idea that North Koreans
must repay that benevolence with unquestioning loyalty and devotion,
recalling old Confucian values of repaying debts of gratitude. Kim's
birthday, April 15, is a national holiday. His eightieth birthday,
celebrated in 1992, was the occasion for massive national celebrations.
The state-run media similarly depicts Kim Jong Il in a benevolent light.
One enthusiastic Japanese writer related in a 1984 book how the
younger Kim, learning of the poor living standards of lighthouse keepers
and their families on a remote island, personally arranged for various
life-style improvements, including water storage tanks, television sets,
special scholarships for the children, and "colorful clothes, coats
and caps of the kind that were worn by children in P'yongyang." In
the writer's words, "the lighthousemen and their families shed
tears of gratitude to the Secretary [Kim Jong Il] for his warmhearted
care for them." The writer also described the "bridge of
love," built on Kim's order in a remote area in order to allow
thirteen children to cross a river on the way to school. He emphasized
that the bridge had absolutely "no economic merit."
North Korea
North Korea - Chuch'e and Contemporary Social Values
North Korea
Chuch'e is a significant break with the Confucian past.
Developed during the period of revolutionary struggle against Japanese
imperialism, chuch'e is the product of Kim Il Sung's thinking. Chuch'e
emphasizes the importance of developing the nation's potential using its
own resources and reserves of human creativity. Chuch'e
legitimizes cultural, economic, and political isolationism by stressing
the error of imitating foreign countries or of becoming excessively
"international." During the 1970s, Kim Jong Il suggested that chuch'e
ideology be renamed Kim Il Sung Chuui (Kim Il Sungism). Kim Il Sungism,
epitomizing chuch'e, is described as superior to all other
systems of human thought, including (apparently) Marxism.
Chuch'e thought is not, at least in principle, xenophobic.
P'yongyang has devoted considerable resources to organizing chuch'e
study societies around the world and bringing foreign visitors to North
Korea for national celebrations--for example, 4,000 persons were invited
to attend Kim Il Sung's eightieth birthday celebrations.
The government opposes "flunkeyism." Kim Jong Il, depicted
as an avid student of Korean history in his youth, was said to have made
the revolutionary proposal that Kim Yushin, the great general of the
Silla Dynasty (668-935), was a "flunkeyist" rather than a
national hero because he enlisted the aid of Tang Dynasty (618-907)
China in order to defeat Silla's rivals, Kogury and Paekche, and unify
the country. Chuch'e's opposition to flunkeyism, moreover, is
probably also a reaction to the experience of Japanese colonialism.
Apart from the North Korean people's almost complete isolation from
foreign influences, probably the most significant impact of chuch'e
thought and Kim Il Sungism with regard to daily life is the relentless
emphasis on self-sacrifice and hard work. The population is told that
everything can be accomplished through dedication and the proper
revolutionary spirit. This view is evident in the perennial "speed
battles" initiated by the leadership to dramatically increase
productivity; another example is the bizarre phenomenon called the
"drink no soup movement," apparently designed to keep workers
on the factory floor rather than going to the lavatory. Moreover, chuch'e
provides a "proper" standpoint from which to create or judge
art, literature, drama, and music, as well as a philosophical
underpinning for the country's educational system.
North Korea
North Korea - Classes and Social Strata
North Korea
Although socialism promises a society of equals in which class
oppression is eliminated, most evidence shows that great social and
political inequality continues to exist in North Korea in the early
1990s. The state is the sole allocator of resources, and inequalities
are justified in terms of the state's political and economic
imperatives. Kim Il Sung and Kim Jong Il are described by unsympathetic
foreign observers as living like kings. (The South Korean film director
Sin Sangok and his actress wife, Ch'oe Unhui, who were apparently
kidnapped and taken to North Korea on Kim Jong Il's orders, described
him as a fanatic film buff with a library of 15,000 films; they claimed
that he alone could view these films, which were collected for his
benefit by North Korean diplomats abroad.) Equally important from the
standpoint of social stratification, however, is a small and clearly
defined elite within the ruling KWP, who, like the privileged communists
listed in the former Soviet Union's nomenklatura, a listing of
positions and personnel, have emerged as a "new class" with a
relatively high standard of living and access to consumer goods not
available to ordinary people.
According to North Korean sources cited by Eberstadt and Banister,
total membership in the KWP in 1987 was "over 3 million," or
almost 15 percent of the estimated population of 20.3 million that year.
Membership in the party requires a politically "clean"
background. Given the KWP's status as a revolutionary "vanguard
party," these individuals clearly constitute an elite; it is
unclear, however, how the standards of living of lower echelon party
members differ from those of nonparty members. Nonetheless, party
membership is clearly the smoothest path for upward social mobility. It
opens opportunities such as university attendance to members and their
children. The statecontrolled media repeatedly exhorts party members to
eschew "bureaucratism" and arrogance in dealing with nonparty
people. But it is unclear how successful the regime is in uprooting the
centuries-old tradition of kwanjon minbi (honor officials,
despise the people), which often make the traditional aristocratic yangban
elite insufferably arrogant.
Although Japan had promoted some industrialization in the northern
part of their Korean colony during the occupation, most of the Korean
Peninsula's population before 1945 were farmers. North Korea's
industrialization after the Korean War, however, transformed the nature
of work and occupational categories. In the late 1980s, the government
divided the labor force into four categories: "workers," who
were employed at state-owned enterprises; "farmers," who
worked on agricultural collectives; "officials," who performed
nonmanual labor and probably included teachers, technicians, and
health-care workers as well as civil servants and KWP cadres; and
workers employed in "cooperative industrial units," which
Eberstadt and Banister suggest constitute a minuscule private sector.
North Korean government statistics showed that the state
"worker" category constituted the largest category in 1987, or
57 percent of the labor force. Farmers comprised the second largest
category at 25.3 percent; and officials and industrial cooperative
workers, 16.8 percent and 0.9 percent, respectively. Within the
"worker" category, skilled workers in the fisheries and in the
heavy, mining, and defense industries tend to be favored in terms of
economic incentives over their counterparts in light and consumer
industries; the labor force in urban areas tend to be favored over
farmers. Despite the small size of the
"cooperative industrial sector," that is, the industrial
counterpart of the cooperative (collective) farms enterprise, a black
market apparently exists, with prices as much as ten times higher than
those in the official distribution system. Farmers' markets also exist.
The black market is not likely to be large enough to foster the
emergence of a sizable, shadowy class of smugglers and entrepreneurs.
Food and other necessities of life are strictly rationed, and
different occupational groups are reported to receive different
qualities and kinds of goods. Sin Sangok and Ch'oe Unhui wrote in the
South Korean media in the late 1980s that consumption of beef and pork
is largely restricted to "middle-class" and "upper-class
people"; "ordinary people" can obtain no meat except dog
meat, which is not rationed. An exception is made for the New Year's
holidays, Kim Il Sung's birthday, and other holidays, when pork is made
available to all. They also report that the regime is actively
encouraging sons to assume the occupations of their fathers and that
"job succession is regarded as a cardinal virtue in North
Korea."
Housing is another area of social inequality. According to a South
Korean source, North Korea has five types of standardized housing
allotted according to rank; the highest ranks--the party and state
elite--live in one- or two-story detached houses. Sixty percent of the
population, consisting of ordinary workers and farmers, live in
multi-unit dwellings of no more than one or two rooms, including the
kitchen.
Family background, in terms of political and ideological criteria, is
extremely relevant to one's social status and standard of living. Sons
and daughters of revolutionaries and those who died in the Korean War
are favored for educational opportunities and advancement. For these
children, a special elite school, the Mangyngdae Revolutionary
Institute, was established near P'yongyang at the birthsite of Kim Il
Sung. South Korean scholar Lee Mun Woong wrote that illegitimate
children are also favored because they are raised entirely in state-run
nurseries and schools and are not subject to the corruption of
traditionally minded parents.
Conversely, the children and descendants of "exploiting
class" parents--those who collaborated with the Japanese during the
colonial era, opposed agricultural collectivization in the 1950s, or
were associated with those who had fled to South Korea- -are
discriminated against. They are considered "contaminated" by
the bad influences of their parents and have to work harder to acquire
reputable positions. Relatives of those who had fled to South Korea are
especially looked down on and considered "bad elements."
Persons with unfavorable political backgrounds are often denied
admission to institutions of higher education, despite their
intellectual qualifications.
With the exception of disabled Korean War veterans, physically
handicapped people appear to be subject to special discrimination,
according to international human rights organizations. For example, they
are not allowed to enter P'yongyang, and those who manage to live in the
capital are periodically sought out by the police and expelled. These
sources also allege that persons of below-normal height (dwarfs) have
been forced to live in a special settlement in a remote rural area.
South Korean sources also cite examples of single women over forty years
of age who are considered social misfits and are thus harassed.
North Korea
North Korea - Urban Life
North Korea
According to reports by defectors from North Korea and information
gleaned from the limits imposed by "revolutionary tourism,"
urban life in P'yongyang probably resembles that in other East Asian
cities, such as Seoul or Tokyo, in that living space is extremely
limited. Little remains of traditional, however; architecture with its
modern-style, high-rise buildings, P'yongyang appears to lack lively
neighborhoods, as well as the local festivals and bustling market life
of other Asian cities. Spacious highways span the metropolis, but seem
devoid of traffic except for military vehicles. Unlike the residents of
Tokyo and Seoul, however, residents of P'yongyang have access to
expansive parks and green spaces.
Beginning in the 1980s, several high-rise apartment complexes were
built in P'yongyang, some of them reaching forty stories. The Kwangbok
New Town, opened in 1989 as housing for representatives to the
Thirteenth World Festival of Youth and Students, has been described as
accommodating 25,000 families of the KWP elite. A sympathetic Japanese
visitor reports that units are 110 square meters in area, with a
kitchen-dining room and three or four additional rooms. Maintenance fees
(not rent) for the housing of manual workers and office workers
constitute 0.3 percent of their monthly income; utilities, including
heating, cost about 3 percent of monthly income. Heating in rural areas
during the frigid winters seems to be supplied primarily by charcoal
briquettes.
Although urban standards of living--at least in P'yongyang-- appear
to be better than rural standards of living, observers note that city
shops have limited supplies of necessities. Visitors to the capital
during the celebration of Kim Il Sung's eightieth birthday (and as well
at other times), however, have toured department stores full of goods.
One widely repeated rumor suggests that crowds of local residents are
paid by the day to throng department stores but that virtually the only
goods actually on sale for them are soap and special consignments of
notebooks. Otherwise, access to most department stores in P'yongyang is
limited to KWP members and foreigners.
North Korea
North Korea - Village Life
North Korea
A land reform law enacted in 1946 confiscated the holdings of big
landowners and distributed them to poor farmers and tenants. The
consequences of this compulsory redistribution were as much social as
economic. Many rich farmers fled to the United Statesoccupied half of
the peninsula south of the thirty-eighth parallel.
Rural collectivization, carried out in three stages between 1945 and
1958, had profound implications for a society consisting mainly of
farmers living in small hamlets scattered throughout the countryside.
The new class of individual landholders--whose holdings could not exceed
five chngbo in lowland areas, or twenty chngbo in
mountainous ones--had little time to enjoy their status as independent
proprietors because the state quickly initiated a process of
collectivization. In the initial stage, "permanent mutual aid
teams" were formed in which landholders managed their own land as
private property but pooled labor, draft animals, and agricultural
tools. This stage was followed by the stage of "semisocialist
cooperatives," in which land, still privately held, was pooled. The
cooperative purchased animals and tools out of a common fund, and the
distribution of the harvest depended on the amount of land and labor
contributed. The third and final stage involved the establishment of
"complete socialist cooperatives" in which all land was turned
over to collective ownership and management. Cooperative members were
paid solely on the basis of labor contributed.
The 1959 edition of the North Korea Central Yearbook
reported that approximately 80 percent of all farmers had joined
socialist cooperatives by December 1956 and that by August 1958 all had
joined. A land law passed in 1977 stipulated that all land held by
cooperatives would be transferred gradually to state ownership or
"ownership by the entire people."
The state encouraged the merging of cooperatives so that they would
coincide with the ri, or ni (village). The number of
cooperatives with between 101 and 200 households increased from 222
cooperatives in 1954 to 1,074 cooperatives in 1958. The number of
cooperatives with between 201 and 300 households increased from twenty
cooperatives in 1955 to 984 cooperatives in 1958.
The merging process had important implications for kinship and family
life: it broke down the isolation of the single hamlet by making the
socialist cooperative the basic local unit and thus diluted p'a
ties. The traditional kinship system and its strict rules of exogamy
worked best in the isolation of hamlets. With the passing of the
hamlets, the traditional kinship system and its strict rules of exogamy
were seriously undermined.
North Korea
North Korea - Family Life
North Korea
The family is regarded by North Korean authorities as a
"cell," or basic unit of society, but not an economic entity.
A person participates in production in a cooperative, factory, or office
and individually earns "work points." Although on a socialist
cooperative payment for work points earned by family members goes to the
family unit as a whole, the family head--the father or the
grandfather--no longer manages and organizes the family's economic life.
Both in urban areas and in socialist cooperatives, family size tends
to be small--between four and five people and usually no more than two
generations, as opposed to the three generations or more found in the
traditional "big house." Parents often live with their
youngest, rather than oldest, son and his wife. Observers discovered,
however, that sons are still more desired than daughters for economic
reasons and for continuing the family name. The eldest son's wedding is
a lavish affair compared with those of his brothers. But the
traditionally oppressive relationship between mother-in-law and
daughter-in-law common to East Asian countries seems to have been
fundamentally transformed. A South Korean source reported that an overly
demanding mother-in-law might be criticized by a local branch of women's
organizations such as the Korean Democratic Women's Union.
A Korean-American scholar learned in discussions with North Korean
officials in the early 1980s that a wife's inability to bear a son still
gives a husband grounds for divorce. If a man desires a divorce, he has
to obtain his wife's permission. A woman, however, is able to divorce
without her husband's consent. A South Korean source reported the
opposite--that it is easier for a husband to obtain a divorce than it is
for a wife. Divorce from those branded "reactionaries," or
"bad elements," is granted rather easily in the case of either
gender and in fact often is strongly encouraged by the authorities. In
general, the authorities seem to discourage divorce with the exceptions
noted above. Eberstadt and Banister, using statistics provided by the
Central Statistics Bureau, indicate that the number of divorces granted
annually between 1949 and 1987 ranged between 3,000 and 5,000 (a low of
3,021 in 1965 and a high of 4,763 in 1949).
The legal age for males to marry is eighteen years; for females,
seventeen years. Marrying in one's late twenties or early thirties is
common because of work and military service obligations; late marriage
also affects fertility rates. Most marriages seem to be between people
in the same rural cooperative or urban enterprise. Traditional arranged
marriages have by and large disappeared, in favor of "love
matches"; nevertheless, children still seem to seek their parents'
permission before getting married. The taking of secondary wives, a
common practice in traditional times, is prohibited.
Wedding ceremonies are much simpler and less costly than in
traditional times. However, they still contain such practices as
meetings between families of the bride and groom, gift exchanges, formal
letters of proposal, and wedding feasts. Among farming families,
weddings usually take place after the fall harvest and before the spring
plowing; this is when families have the most resources to invest and the
bride can bring her yearly income from work points to her new household.
In 1946 the North Korean regime confiscated the remaining lineage
land, and the elaborate ceremonies of the past lost their economic base.
Since that time, the traditional ceremonies surrounding death and
veneration of the ancestors have been simplified. The remains are no
longer carried in a special carriage, but, in rural areas, in a cart or
tractor. One Korean source reported that at the funeral of his
grandmother in North Korea incense was offered in front of a photograph
of the deceased; the source also said that the ceremony generally
retains the outlines of the traditional rites. Relatives and neighbors
apparently still donate some money to the family of the deceased. Some
"revolutionary" content has been added to funeral practices.
One traditional chant has been rewritten to include the phrase
"though this body is deceased, the spirit of the revolution still
lives." Widowers frequently remarry, but widows rarely do.
Gravesites are still preserved and remain a common feature of the
North Korean landscape. According to one observer, if construction
projects necessitate disturbing graves, relatives are notified
beforehand, and graves are carefully relocated. If no relative claims
the graves, they are still relocated elsewhere. The custom of visiting
graves at certain times of the year apparently continues, even though
large kinship groups cannot meet--not because the state has prohibited
it, but because the groups are scattered across the country and travel
restrictions make it difficult for them to get together.
In households in which both parents work and no grandparents live
nearby, infants over three months usually are placed in a t'agaso
(nursery). They remain in these nurseries until they are four years old.
Although t'agaso are not part of the compulsory education
system, most families find them indispensable. In the early 1970s, North
Korean statistics counted 8,600 t'agaso. The nurseries not only
free women from child care but also provide infants and small children
with the foundations of a thorough ideological and political education.
A South Korean source reported that when meals are given to the infants,
they are expected to give thanks to a portrait of "Father Kim Il
Sung."
North Korea
North Korea - The Role of Women
North Korea
In the Chosn Dynasty, women were expected to give birth to and rear
male heirs to assure the continuation of the family line. Women had few
opportunities to participate in the social, economic, or political life
of society. There were a few exceptions to limitations imposed on
women's roles. For example, female shamans were called on to cure
illnesses by driving away evil spirits, to pray for rain during
droughts, or to perform divination and fortune-telling.
Few women received any formal education in traditional Korean
society. After the opening of Korea to foreign contact in the late
nineteenth century, however, Christian missionaries established girls'
schools, thus allowing young Korean females to obtain a modern
education.
The social status and roles of women were radically changed after
1945. On July 30, 1946, authorities north of the thirtyeighth parallel
passed a Sex Equality Law. The 1972 constitution asserted that
"women hold equal social status and rights with men." The 1990
constitution stipulates that the state creates various conditions for
the advancement of women in society. In principle, North Korea strongly
supports sexual equality.
In contemporary North Korea, women are expected to fully participate
in the labor force outside the home. Apart from its ideological
commitment to the equality of the sexes, the government views women's
employment as essential because of the country's labor shortage. No
able-bodied person is spared from the struggle to increase production
and compete with the more populous southern half of the peninsula.
According to one South Korean source, women in North Korea are supposed
to devote eight hours a day to work, eight hours to study (presumably,
the study of chuch'e and Kim Il Sungism), and eight hours to
rest and sleep. Women who have three or more children apparently are
permitted to work only six hours a day and still receive a full,
eight-hour-a-day salary.
The media showcases role models. The official newspaper P'yongyang
Times, in an August 1991 article, described the career of Kim Hwa
Suk, a woman who had graduated from compulsory education (senior middle
school), decided to work in the fields as a regular farmer in a
cooperative located in the P'yongyang suburbs, and gradually rose to
positions of responsibility as her talents and dedication became known.
After serving as leader of a youth workteam, she attended a university.
After graduating, she became chairperson of her cooperative's management
board. Kim was also chosen as a deputy to the Supreme People's Assembly.
Despite such examples, however, it appears that women are not fully
emancipated. Sons are still preferred over daughters. Women do most if
not all of the housework, including preparing a morning and evening
meal, in addition to working outside the home; much of the
responsibility of childrearing is in the hands of t'agaso and
the school system. The majority of women work in light industry, where
they are paid less than their male counterparts in heavy industry. In
office situations, they are likely to be engaged in secretarial and
other low-echelon jobs.
Different sex roles, moreover, are probably confirmed by the practice
of separating boys and girls at both the elementary and higher
middle-school levels. Some aspects of school curricula for boys and
girls also are apparently different, with greater emphasis on physical
education for boys and on home economics for girls. In the four-year
university system, however, women majoring in medicine, biology, and
foreign languages and literature seem especially numerous.
North Korea
North Korea - The Role of Religion
North Korea
Koreans are traditionally pragmatic and eclectic in their religious
commitments. Their religious outlook is not conditioned by a single,
exclusive faith but by a combination of indigenous beliefs and creeds,
such as Confucianism, Daoism, and Buddhism. Belief in a world inhabited
by spirits is probably the oldest Korean religion. Daoism and Buddhism
were introduced from China around the fourth century A.D., the latter
becoming predominant during the Silla Dynasty (668-935), but reaching
its height during the Kory Dynasty (918-1392). Buddhism suffered a
decline, however, and Buddhists were persecuted to some extent during
the Chosn Dynasty. For the average Korean in late traditional and early
modern times, the elaborate rituals of ancestor veneration connected to
Confucianism were generally the most important form of religious life.
Korean neo-Confucian philosophers, moreover, developed concepts of the
cosmos and humanity's place in it that were, in a basic sense, religious
rather than philosophical.
In 1785 the first Christian missionary, a Roman Catholic, entered
Korea. The government prohibited the propagation of Christianity, and by
1863 there were only some 23,000 Roman Catholics in the country.
Subsequently, the government ordered harsh persecution of Korean
Christians, a policy that continued until the country was opened to
Western countries in 1881. Protestant missionaries began entering Korea
during the 1880s. They established schools, universities, hospitals, and
orphanages, and played a significant role in the modernization of the
country. Before 1948 P'yongyang was an important Christian center;
one-sixth of its population of about 300,000 residents were converts.
Another important religious tradition is Ch'ndogyo. A new religion
that developed out of the Tonghak
(Eastern Learning) Movement of the mid- and late
nineteenth century, Ch'ndogyo emphasizes the divine nature of all people. A syncretic
religion, Ch'ndogyo contains elements of shamanism, Buddhism, Daoism,
Confucianism, and Catholicism.
Between 1945, when Soviet forces first occupied the northern half of
the Korean Peninsula and the end of the Korean War in 1953, many
Christians, considered "bad elements" by North Korean
authorities, fled to South Korea to escape the socialist regime's
antireligious policies. The state co-opted Buddhism, which had weakened
over the centuries. P'yongyang has made a concerted effort to uproot
indigenous animist beliefs. In the early 1990s, the practices of
shamanism and fortune-telling seem to have largely disappeared.
Different official attitudes toward organized religion are reflected
in various constitutions. Article 14 of the 1948 constitution noted that
"citizens of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea shall have
the freedom of religious belief and of conducting religious
services." Article 54 of the 1972 constitution, however, stated
that "citizens have religious liberty and the freedom to oppose
religion" (also translated as "the freedom of antireligious
propaganda"). Some observers argued that the change occurred
because in 1972 the political authorities no longer needed the support
of the much-weakened organized religions. In the 1992 constitution,
Article 68 grants freedom of religious belief and guarantees the right
to construct buildings for religious use and religious ceremonies. The
article also states, however, that "No one may use religion as a
means by which to drag in foreign powers or to destroy the state or
social order. North Korea has been represented at international
religious conferences by state-sponsored religious organizations such as
the Korean Buddhists' Federation, the Christian Federation, and the
Ch'ndogyo Youth Party.
Many churches and temples have been taken over by the state and
converted to secular use. Buddhist temples, such as those located at
Kmgang-san and Myohyang-san, are considered "national
treasures," however, and have been preserved and restored. This
action is in accord with the chuch'e principle that the
creative energies of the Korean people in the past must be appreciated.
In the late 1980s, it became apparent that North Korea was beginning
to use the small number of Christians remaining in the country to
establish contacts with Christians in South Korea and the West. Such
contacts are considered useful for promoting the regime's political
aims, including reunifying the peninsula. In 1988 two new churches, the
Protestant Pongsu Church and the Catholic Changchung Cathedral, were
opened in P'yongyang. Other signs of the regime's changing attitude
toward Christianity include holding the International Seminar of
Christians of the North and South for the Peace and Reunification of
Korea in Switzerland in November 1988, allowing papal representatives to
attend the opening of the Changchung Cathedral in OctoberNovember of the
same year, and sending two North Korean novice priests to study in Rome.
Moreover, a new association of Roman Catholics was established in June
1988. A North Korean Protestant pastor reported at a 1989 meeting of the
National Council of Churches in Washington, D.C., that his country has
10,000 Protestants and 1,000 Catholics who worship in 500 home churches.
In March-April 1992, American evangelist Billy Graham visited North
Korea to preach and to speak at Kim Il Sung University.
A limited revival of Buddhism is apparently taking place. This
includes the establishment of an academy for Buddhist studies and the
publication of a twenty-five-volume translation of the Korean Tripitaka,
or Buddhist scriptures, which had been carved on 80,000 wooden blocks
and kept at the temple at Myohyang-san in central North Korea. A few
Buddhist temples conduct religious services.
Many if not most observers of North Korea would agree that the
country's official religion is the cult of Kim Il Sung. North Korean
Christians attending overseas conferences claim that there is no
contradiction between Christian beliefs and the veneration of the
"great leader" or his secular chuch'e philosophy.
This position does not differ much from that of the far more numerous
Japanese Christian communities before and during World War II, which
were pressured into acknowledging the divine status of the emperor.
North Korea
North Korea - ETHNICITY, CULTURE, AND LANGUAGE
North Korea
In terms of ethnicity, the population of the Korean Peninsula is one
of the world's most homogeneous. Descended from migratory groups who
entered the Korean Peninsula from Siberia, Manchuria, and Inner Asia
several thousands of years ago, the Korean people are distinguished from
the neighboring populations of mainland Asia and Japan in terms of
ethnicity, culture, and language, even though they share many cultural
elements with these peoples.
Since the establishment of the Han Chinese colonies in the northern
Korean Peninsula 2,000 years ago, Koreans have been under the cultural
influence of China. During the period of Japanese domination (1910-45),
the colonial regime attempted to force Koreans to adopt the Japanese
language and culture. Neither the long and pervasive Chinese influence
nor the more coercive and short-lived Japanese attempts to make Koreans
loyal subjects of the Japanese emperor, however, succeeded in
eradicating their ethnic, cultural, and linguistic distinctiveness. The
desire of the North Korean regime to preserve its version of Korean
culture, including many traditional aspects such as food, dress, art,
architecture, and folkways, is motivated in part by the historical
experience of cultural domination by both the Chinese and the Japanese.
Chuch'e ideology asserts Korea's cultural distinctiveness
and creativity as well as the productive powers of the working masses.
The ways in which chuch'e rhetoric is used shows a razor-thin
distinction between revolutionary themes of self-sufficient socialist
construction and a virulent ethnocentrism. In the eyes of North Korea's
leaders, the "occupation" of the southern half of the
peninsula by "foreign imperialists" lends special urgency to
the issue of culturalethnic identity. Not only must the people of South
Korea be liberated from foreign imperialism, but also they must be given
the opportunity to participate in the creation of a new, but still
distinctively Korean, culture.
<>
Contemporary Cultural Expression
<>
Literature, Music, and Film
<>
Architecture and City Planning
<>
The Korean Language
North Korea
North Korea - Contemporary Cultural Expression
North Korea
The role of literature and art in North Korea is primarily didactic;
cultural expression serves as an instrument for inculcating chuch'e
ideology and the need to continue the struggle for revolution and
reunification of the Korean Peninsula. There is little subtlety in most
contemporary cultural expression. Foreign imperialists, especially the
Japanese and the Americans, are depicted as heartless monsters;
revolutionary heroes and heroines are seen as saintly figures who act
from the purest of motives. The three most consistent themes are
martyrdom during the revolutionary struggle (depicted in literature such
as The Sea of Blood), the happiness of the present society, and
the genius of the "great leader."
Kim Il Sung himself was described as a writer of "classical
masterpieces" during the anti-Japanese struggle. Novels created
"under his direction" include The Flower Girl, The
Sea of Blood, The Fate of a Self-Defense Corps Man, and The
Song of Korea; these are considered "prototypes and models of chuch'e
literature and art." A 1992 newspaper report describes Kim in
semiretirement as writing his memoirs--"a heroic epic dedicated to
the freedom and happiness of the people."
The state and the Korean Workers' Party control the production of
literature and art. In the early 1990s, there was no evidence of any
underground literary or cultural movements such as those that exist in
the Soviet Union or in China. The party exercises control over culture
through its Propaganda and Agitation Department and the Culture and Arts
Department of the KWP's Central Committee. The KWP's General Federation
of Korean Literature and Arts Unions, the parent body for all literary
and artistic organizations, also controls cultural activity.
The population has little or no exposure to foreign cultural
influences apart from performances by song-and-dance groups and other
entertainers brought in periodically for limited audiences. These
performances, such as the Spring Friendship Art Festival held annually
in April, are designed to show that the peoples of the world, like the
North Koreans themselves, love and respect the "great leader."
During the 1980s and the early 1990s, the North Korean media gave Kim
Jong Il credit for working ceaselessly to make the country a
"kingdom of art" where a cultural renaissance unmatched in
other countries was taking place. Indeed, the younger Kim is personally
responsible for cultural policy.
A central theme of cultural expression is to take the best from the
past and discard "reactionary" elements. Popular, vernacular
styles and themes in literature, art, music, and dance are esteemed as
expressing the truly unique spirit of the Korean nation. Ethnographers
devote much energy to restoring and reintroducing cultural forms that
have the proper "proletarian" or "folk" spirit and
that encourage the development of a collective consciousness. Lively,
optimistic musical and choreographic expression are stressed. Group folk
dances and choral singing are traditionally practiced in some but not
all parts of Korea and were being promoted throughout North Korea in the
early 1990s among school and university students. Farmers' musical bands
have also been revived. Kim Il Sung condemns such cultural expressions
as plaintive p'ansori ballads. Kim also condemns the sad
"crooning tunes" composed during the Japanese colonial
occupation, although he apparently has made an exception for songs that
indirectly criticize the injustices of the colonial society.
P'yongyang and other large cities offer the broadest of a necessarily
narrow selection of cultural expression. "Art propaganda
squads" travel to production sites in the provinces to perform
poetry readings, one-act plays, and songs in order to "congratulate
workers on their successes" and "inspire them to greater
successes through their artistic agitation." Such squads are
prominent in the countryside during the harvest season and whenever
"speed battles" to increase productivity are held.
North Korea
North Korea - Literature, Music, and Film
North Korea
Literature and music are other venues for politics. A series of
historical novels--Pulmyouui yoksa (Immortal History)-- depict
the heroism and tragedy of the preliberation era. The Korean War is the
theme of Korea Fights and The Burning Island. Since
the late 1970s, five "great revolutionary plays" have been
promoted as prototypes of chuch'e literature: The Shrine
for a Tutelary Deity, a theatrical rendition of The Flower Girl,
Three Men, One Party, "A Letter from a Daughter,
and Hyolbun mangukhoe" (Resentment at the World
Conference).
"Revolutionary operas," derived from traditional Korean
operas, known as ch'angguk, often utilize variations on Korean
folk songs. Old fairy tales have also been transformed to include
revolutionary themes. As part of the chuch'e policy of
preserving the best from Korea's past, moreover, premodern vernacular
works such as the Sasong kibong (Encounter of Four Persons) and
the Ssangch'on kibong (Encounter at the Two Rivers) have been
reprinted.
Musical compositions include the "Song of General Kim Il
Sung," "Long Life and Good Health to the Leader," and
"We Sing of His Benevolent Love"--hymns that praise the
"great leader." According to a North Korean writer, "Our
musicians have pursued the party's policy of composing orchestral music
based on famous songs and folk songs popular among our people and
produced numerous instrumental pieces of a new type." This music
includes a symphony based on the theme of The Sea of Blood,
which has also been made into a revolutionary opera.
Motion pictures are recognized as "the most powerful medium for
educating the masses" and play a central role in "social
education." According to a North Korean source, "films for
children contribute to the formation of the rising generation, with a
view to creating a new kind of man, harmoniously evolved and equipped
with well-founded knowledge and a sound mind in a sound body." One
of the most influential films, "An Chung-gn Shoots It
Hirobumi," tells of the assassin who killed the Japanese
resident-general in Korea in 1909. An is depicted as a courageous
patriot, but one whose efforts to liberate Korea were frustrated
because, in the words of one reviewer, the masses had not been united
under "an outstanding leader who enunciates a correct guiding
thought and scientific strategy and tactics." Folk tales such as
"The Tale of Chun Hyang," about a nobleman who marries a
servant girl, and "The Tale of Ondal" have also been made into
films.
North Korea
North Korea - Architecture and City Planning
North Korea
Arguably the most distinct and impressive form of contemporary
cultural expression in North Korea is architecture and city planning.
P'yongyang, almost completely destroyed during the Korean War, has been
rebuilt on a grand scale. Many new buildings have been constructed
during the 1980s and 1990s in order to enhance P'yongyang's status as a
capital.
Major structures are divided architecturally into three categories:
monuments, buildings that combine traditional Korean architectural
motifs and modern construction, and high-rise buildings of a totally
modern design. Examples of the first include the Ch'llima
Statue; a twenty-meter high bronze statue of Kim Il Sung
in front of the Museum of the Korean Revolution (itself, at 240,000
square meters, one of the largest structures in the world); the Arch of
Triumph (similar to its Parisian counterpart, although a full ten meters
higher); and the Tower of the Chuch'e Idea, 170 meters high, built on
the occasion of Kim's seventieth birthday in 1982. According to a North
Korean publication, the tower is covered with 25,550 pieces of granite,
each representing a day in the life of the "great leader."
The second architectural category makes special use of traditional
tiled roof designs and includes the People's Culture Palace and the
People's Great Study Hall, both in P'yongyang, and the International
Friendship Exhibition Hall at Myohyang-san. The latter building displays
gifts given to Kim Il Sung by foreign dignitaries. In light of Korea's
tributary relationship to China during the Chosn Dynasty, it is
significant that the section of the hall devoted to gifts from China is
the largest.
The third architectural category includes high-rise apartment
complexes and hotels in the capital. The most striking of these
buildings is the Ryugong Hotel, still unfinished in the early 1990s, and
noted by some observers to be clearly leaning and perhaps not able to be
completed. Described as the world's tallest hotel at 105 stories, its
triangular shape looms over north-central P'yongyang. The Kory Hotel is
an ultramodern, twin-towered structure forty-five stories high.
A flurry of construction occurred before celebrations of Kim Il
Sung's eightieth birthday, including the building of apartment complexes
and the Reunification Expressway, a four-lane road connecting the
capital and the Demilitarized Zone. According to a journalist writing in
the Far Eastern Economic Review, the highway is "an
impressive piece of engineering" that "cuts a straight path
through mountainous terrain with 21 tunnels and 23 bridges on the 168
kilometers route to P'anmunjm." As in many other construction
projects, the military provided the labor.
North Korea
North Korea - The Korean Language
North Korea
There is a consensus among linguists that Korean is a member of the
Altaic family of languages, which originated in northern Asia and
includes the Mongol, Turkic, Finnish, Hungarian, and Tungusic (Manchu)
languages. Although a historical relationship between Korean and
Japanese has not been established, the two languages have strikingly
similar grammatical structures. Both, for example, employ particles
after nouns to indicate case (the particle used to indicate
"of" as in "the wife of Mr. Li" is no in
Japanese and ui in Korean).
Both Korean and Japanese possess what is sometimes called
"polite" or "honorific" language, the use of
different levels of speech in addressing persons of superior, inferior,
or equal rank. These distinctions depend both on the use of different
vocabulary and on basic structural differences in the words employed.
For example, in Korean, the imperative "go" can be rendered kara
for speaking to an inferior or a child, kage to an adult
inferior, kao or kaseyo to a superior, and kasipsio
to a person of still higher rank. The proper use of polite language, or
of the levels of polite language, is extremely complex and subtle. Like
Japanese, Korean is extremely sensitive to the nuances of hierarchical
human relationships. Two people who meet for the first time are expected
to use the more distant or formal terms, but they will shift to more
informal or "equal" terms if they become friends. Younger
people invariably use formal language in addressing elders; the latter
use "inferior" terms in "talking down" to those who
are younger.
The Korean language may be written using a mixture of Chinese
characters (hancha) and a native Korean alphabet known as han'gl, or in han'gl alone. Han'gl was
invented by scholars at the court of King Sejong (1418-50), not solely
to promote literacy among the common people as was sometimes claimed,
but also, as Professor Gari K. Ledyard has noted, to assist in studies
of Chinese historical phonology. According to a statement by the king,
an intelligent man could learn han'gl in a morning's time, and
even a fool could master it in ten days. As a result, it was scorned and
relegated to women and merchants. Scholars of linguistics consider the
script one of the most scientific ever devised; it reflects quite
consistently the phonemes of the spoken Korean language.
Although the Chinese and Korean languages are not related in terms of
grammatical structure, a large percentage of the Korean vocabulary has
been derived from Chinese loanwords, a reflection of China's long
cultural dominance. In many cases, there are two words--a Chinese
loanword and an indigenous Korean word--that mean the same thing. The
Chinese-based word in Korean often has a bookish or formal nuance.
Koreans select one or the other variant to achieve the proper register
in speech or in writing, and to make subtle distinctions in accordance
with established usage.
There is considerable divergence in the Korean spoken north and south
of the DMZ. It is unclear to what extent the honorific language and its
grammatical forms have been retained in the north. However, according to
a South Korean scholar, Kim Il Sung "requested people to use a
special, very honorific deference system toward himself and his family
and, in a 1976 publication, Our Party's Language Policy, rules
formulated on the basis of Kim Il Sung's style of speech and writing
were advocated as the norm."
During the colonial period, large numbers of Chinese character
compounds coined in Japan to translate modern Western scientific,
technical, social science, and philosophical concepts came into use in
Korea. The North Korean regime has attempted to eliminate as many of
these loanwords as possible, as well as older terms of Chinese origin;
Western loanwords are also being dropped.
P'yongyang regards hancha, or Chinese characters, as symbols
of "flunkeyism" and has systematically eliminated them from
all publications. Klloja (The Worker), the monthly KWP journal
of the Central Committee, has been printed exclusively in han'gl
since 1949. An attempt has also been made to create new words of
exclusively Korean origin. Parents are encouraged to give their children
Korean rather than Chinese-type names. Nonetheless, approximately 300
Chinese characters are still taught in North Korean schools.
North Koreans refer to their language as "Cultured
Language" (munhwa), which uses the regional dialect of
P'yongyang as its standard. The "Standard Language" (p'yojuno)
of South Korea is based on the Seoul dialect. North Korean sources
vilify Standard Language as "coquettish" and
"decadent," corrupted by English and Japanese loanwords, and
full of nasal twangs. Two documents, or "instructions," by Kim
Il Sung, "Some Problems Related to the Development of the Korean
Language," promulgated in 1964, and "On the Development of the
National Language: Conversations with Linguists," published in
1966, define basic policy concerning Cultured Language.
North Korea
North Korea - EDUCATION
North Korea
Formal education has played a central role in the social and cultural
development of both traditional Korea and contemporary North Korea.
During the Chosn Dynasty, the royal court established a system of
schools that taught Confucian subjects in the provinces as well as in
four central secondary schools in the capital. There was no
state-supported system of primary education. During the fifteenth
century, state-supported schools declined in quality and were supplanted
in importance by private academies, the swn, centers of a
neo-Confucian revival in the sixteenth century. Higher education was
provided by the Snggyungwan, the Confucian national university, in
Seoul. Its enrollment was limited to 200 students who had passed the
lower civil service examinations and were preparing for the highest
examinations.
The late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries witnessed major
educational changes. The swn were abolished by the central
government. Christian missionaries established modern schools that
taught Western curricula. Among them was the first school for women,
Ehwa Woman's University, established by American Methodist missionaries
as a primary school in Seoul in 1886. During the last years of the
dynasty, as many as 3,000 private schools that taught modern subjects to
both sexes were founded by missionaries and others. Most of these
schools were concentrated in the northern part of the country. After
Japan annexed Korea in 1910, the colonial regime established an
educational system with two goals: to give Koreans a minimal education
designed to train them for subordinate roles in a modern economy and
make them loyal subjects of the emperor; and to provide a higher quality
education for Japanese expatriates who had settled in large numbers on
the Korean Peninsula. The Japanese invested more resources in the
latter, and opportunities for Koreans were severely limited. In 1930
only 12.2 percent of Korean children aged seven to fourteen attended
school. A state university modeled on Tokyo Imperial University was
established in Seoul in 1923, but the number of Koreans allowed to study
there never exceeded 40 percent of its enrollment; the rest of its
students were Japanese. Private universities, including those
established by missionaries such as Sungsil College in P'yongyang and
Chosun Christian College in Seoul, provided other opportunities for
Koreans desiring higher education.
After the establishment of North Korea, an education system modeled
largely on that of the Soviet Union was established. The system faces
serious obstacles. According to North Korean sources, at the time of
North Korea's establishment, two-thirds of school-age children did not
attend primary school, and most adults, numbering 2.3 million, were
illiterate. In 1950 primary education became compulsory. The outbreak of
the Korean War, however, delayed attainment of this goal; universal
primary education was not achieved until 1956. By 1958 North Korean
sources claimed that seven-year compulsory primary and secondary
education had been implemented. In 1959 "state-financed universal
education" was introduced in all schools; not only instruction and
educational facilities, but also textbooks, uniforms, and room and board
are provided to students without charge. By 1967 nine years of education
became compulsory. In 1975 the compulsory eleven-year education system,
which includes one year of preschool education and ten years of primary
and secondary education, was implemented; that system remains in effect
as of 1993. According to a 1983 speech given by Kim Il Sung to education
ministers of nonaligned countries in P'yongyang, universal, compulsory
higher education was to be introduced "in the near future." At
that time, students had no school expenses; the state paid for the
education of almost half of North Korea's population of 18.9 million.
Educational Themes and Methods
As in other communist countries, politics come first in the education
system. In his 1977 "Theses on Socialist Education," Kim Il
Sung wrote that "political and ideological education is the most
important part of socialist education. Only through a proper political
and ideological education is it possible to rear students as
revolutionaries, equipped with a revolutionary world outlook and the
ideological and moral qualities of a communist. And only on the basis of
sound political and ideological education will the people's scientific
and technological education and physical culture be successful."
Education is a "total experience" encompassing not only formal
school education but also extracurricular "social education"
and work-study adult education. According to the "Theses on
Socialist Education," the socialist state should not only organize
and conduct comprehensive educational programs, eliminating the need for
private educational institutions, but should also "run education on
the principle of educating all members of society continuously--the
continued education of all members of society is indispensable for
building socialism and communism."
Chuch'e is a central theme in educational policy. According
to Kim Il Sung, "in order to establish chuch'e in
education, the main emphasis should be laid on things of one's own
country in instruction and people should be taught to know their own
things well." In his 1983 speech to education ministers of
nonaligned countries, Kim also emphasized that chuch'e in
education was relevant to all Third World countries. Kim asserted that
although "flunkeyism" should be avoided, it might be necessary
to adopt some techniques from developed countries.
Closely tied to the central theme of chuch'e in education is
the "method of heuristic teaching"--a means of developing the
independence and creativity of students and a reaction against the
traditional Confucian emphasis on rote memorization. "Heuristics
give students an understanding of the content of what they are taught
through their own positive thinking, and so greatly help to build up
independence and creativeness." Coercion and "cramming"
should be avoided in favor of "persuasion and explanation,"
particularly in ideological education.
Primary and Secondary Education
In the early 1990s, the compulsory primary and secondary education
system was divided into one year of kindergarten, four years of primary
school (people's school) for ages six to nine, and six years of senior
middle school (secondary school) for ages ten to fifteen). There are two
years of kindergarten, for children aged four to six; only the second
year (upper level kindergarten) is compulsory.
In the mid-1980s, there were 9,530 primary and secondary schools.
After graduating from people's school, students enter either a regular
secondary school or a special secondary school that concentrates on
music, art, or foreign languages. These schools teach both their
specialties and general subjects. The Mangyngdae Revolutionary Institute
is an important special school.
In the early 1990s, graduation from the compulsory education system
occurred at age sixteen. Eberstadt and Banister report that according to
North Korean statistics released in the late 1980s, primary schools
enrolled 1.49 million children in 1987; senior middle schools enrolled
2.66 million that same year. A comparison with the total number of
children and youths in these age brackets shows that 96 percent of the
age cohort is enrolled in the primary and secondary educational system.
School curricula in the early 1990s are balanced between academic and
political subject matter. According to South Korean scholar Park
Youngsoon, subjects such as Korean language, mathematics, physical
education, drawing, and music constitute the bulk of instruction in
people's schools; more than 8 percent of instruction is devoted to the
"Great Kim Il Sung" and "Communist Mora1ity." In
senior middle schools, politically oriented subjects, including the
"Great Kim Il Sung" and "Communist Morality" as well
as "Communist Party Policy," comprise only 5.8 percent of
instruction. However, such statistics understate the political nature of
primary and secondary education. Textbooks in the Korean language, for
example, include titles such as We Pray for "Our Master,"
Following Mrs. Kim, Our Father, Love of Our Father,
and Kim Jong Il Looking at Photos. Kindergarten children
receive instruction in "Marshal Kim's Childhood" and
"Communist Morality." Park noted that when students read Kim
Il Sung's writings in the classroom, they are expected to do so
"loudly, and slowly and with a feeling of respect." They also
are taught a special way of speaking toward Kim, in terms of
pronunciation, speed, and a special deference system and attitude."
Social Education
Outside the formal structure of schools and classrooms is the
extremely important "social education." This education
includes not only extracurricular activities but also family life and
the broadest range of human relationships within society. There is great
sensitivity to the influence of the social environment on the growing
child and its role in the development of his or her character. The ideal
of social education is to provide a carefully controlled environment in
which children are insulated from bad or unplanned influences. According
to a North Korean official interviewed in 1990, "School education
is not enough to turn the rising generation into men of knowledge,
virtue, and physical fitness. After school, our children have many spare
hours. So it's important to efficiently organize their afterschool
education."
In his 1977 "Theses on Socialist Education," Kim Il Sung
described the components of social education. In the Pioneer Corps and
the Socialist Working Youth League (SWYL), young people learn the nature
of collective and organizational life; some prepare for membership in
the Korean Workers' Party. In students' and schoolchildren's halls and
palaces, managed by the SWYL Central Committee, young people participate
in many extracurricular activities after school. There also are cultural
facilities such as libraries and museums, monuments and historical sites
of the Korean revolution, and the mass media dedicated to serving the
goals of social education. Huge, lavishly appointed
"schoolchildren's palaces" with gymnasiums and theaters have
been built in P'yongyang, Mangyngdae, and other sites. These palaces
provide political lectures and seminars, debating contests, poetry
recitals, and scientific forums. The Students' and Children's Palace in
P'yongyang attracted some 10,000 children daily in the early 1990s.
Although North Korean children would not seem to have much time to
spend at home, the family's status as the "basic unit" of
society also makes it a focus of social education. According to a North
Korean publication, when "homes are made revolutionary,"
parents are "frugal . . . courteous, exemplary in social and
political life," and children have proper role models.
Higher Education
Institutions of higher education in the early 1990s included colleges
and universities; teachers' training colleges, with a four-year course
for preparing kindergarten, primary, and secondary instructors; colleges
of advanced technology with twoor three-year courses; medical schools
with six-year courses; special colleges for science and engineering,
art, music, and foreign languages; and military colleges and academies.
Kim Il Sung's report to the Sixth Party Congress of the KWP in October
1980 revealed that there were 170 "higher learning
institutions" and 480 "higher specialized schools" that
year. In 1987 there were 220,000 students attending two- or three-year
higher specialized schools and 301,000 students attending four- to
sixyear colleges and university courses. According to Eberstadt and
Banister, 13.7 percent of the population sixteen years of age or older
was attending, or had graduated from, institutions of higher education
in 1987-88. In 1988 the regime surpassed its target of producing
"an army of 1.3 million intellectuals," graduates of higher
education, a major step in the direction of achieving the often-stated
goal of "intellectualization of the whole society."
Kim Il Sung University, founded in October 1946, is the country's
only comprehensive institution of higher education offering bachelor's,
master's, and doctoral degrees. It is an elite institution whose
enrollment of 16,000 full- and part-time students in the early 1990s
occupies, in the words of one observer, the "pinnacle of the North
Korean educational and social system." Competition for admission to
its faculties is intense. According to a Korean-American scholar who
visited the university in the early 1980s, only one student is admitted
out of every five or six applicants. An important criterion for
admission is senior middle school grades, although political criteria
are also major factors in selection. A person wishing to gain acceptance
to any institution of higher education has to be nominated by the local
"college recommendation committee" before approval by county-
and provincial-level committees.
Kim Il Sung University's colleges and faculties include economics,
history, philosophy, law, foreign languages and literature, geography,
physics, mathematics, chemistry, atomic energy, biology, and computer
science. There are about 3,000 faculty members, including teaching and
research staff. All facilities are located on a modern, high-rise campus
in the northern part of P'yongyang.
Adult Education
Because of the emphasis on the continued education of all members of
society, adult or work-study education is actively supported.
Practically everyone in the country participates in some educational
activity, usually in the form of "small study groups." In the
1980s, the adult literacy rate was estimated at 99 percent.
In the early 1990s, people in rural areas were organized into
"five-family teams." These teams have educational and
surveillance functions; the teams are the responsibility of a
schoolteacher or other intellectual, each one being in charge of several
such teams. Office and factory workers have two-hour "study
sessions" after work each day on both political and technical
subjects.
Adult education institutions in the early 1990s include "factory
colleges," which teach workers new skills and techniques without
forcing them to quit their jobs. Students work part-time, study in the
evening, or take short intensive courses, leaving their workplaces for
only a month or so. There also are "farm colleges," where
rural workers can study to become engineers and assistant engineers, and
a system of correspondence courses. For workers and peasants who are
unable to receive regular school education, there are "laborers'
schools" and "laborers' senior middle schools," although
in the early 1990s these had become less important with the introduction
of compulsory eleven-year education.
North Korea
North Korea - PUBLIC HEALTH
North Korea
North Korea claimed a dramatic improvement in the health and
longevity of its population with the creation of a state-funded and
state-managed public health system based on the Soviet model. According
to North Korean statistics, the average life expectancy at birth for
both sexes was a little over thirty-eight years in the 1936-40 period.
By 1986 North Korean statistics claimed life expectancy had risen to
70.9 years for males and 77.3 years for females. According to UN
statistics, life expectancy in 1990 was about sixty-six years for males
and almost seventy-three years for females. North Korean sources
reported that crude death rates fell from 20.8 per 1,000 people in 1944
to 5 per 1,000 in 1986; infant mortality, from 204 per 1,000 live births
to 9.8 per 1,000 in the same period. Eberstadt and Banister report that
these mortality figures were probably understated (they estimate infant
mortality at around 31 per 1,000 live births in 1990); they conclude,
however, that the statistics "suggest that the mortality transition
in North Korea over the past three decades has not only improved overall
survival chances but reduced previous differences in mortality between
urban and rural areas."
North Korean statistics reveal a substantial increase in the number
of hospitals and clinics, hospital beds, physicians, and other
health-care personnel since the 1950s. Between 1955 and 1986, the number
of hospitals grew from 285 to 2,401; clinics increased from 1,020 to
5,644; hospital beds per 10,000 population from 19.1 to 135.9;
physicians per 10,000 population from 1.5 to 27; and nurses and
paramedics per 10,000 population from 8.7 to 43.2. There are hospitals
at the provincial, county, ri, and dong levels.
Hospitals are also attached to factories and mines. Specialized
hospitals, including those devoted to treating tuberculosis, hepatitis,
and mental illness, are generally found in large cities.
Preventive medicine is the foundation for health policies. According
to the Public Health Law enacted on April 5, 1980, "The State
regards it as a main duty in its activity to take measures to prevent
the people from being afflicted by disease and directs efforts first and
foremost to prophylaxis in public health work." Disease prevention
is accomplished through "hygiene propaganda work," educating
the people on sanitation and healthy lifestyles , and the
"section-doctor system." This system, also known as the
"doctor responsibility system," assigns a single physician to
be responsible for an area containing several hundred individuals. In
general, medical examinations are required twice a year, and complete
records are kept at local hospitals. According to one source, persons
are required to follow the orders of their assigned physician and can
not refuse treatment. In the countryside, medical examination teams (kmjindae)
composed of personnel from the provincial central hospital make rounds
to investigate health conditions; local doctors also make frequent
rounds.
North Korean statistics reveal that the major causes of death are
similar to those in developed countries; 1986 figures showed that 45.3
percent of reported deaths were caused by circulatory ailments such as
heart disease and stroke, 13.9 percent by cancer, 10.4 percent by
digestive diseases, and 9.4 percent by respiratory diseases. Infectious
diseases and parasitism, major causes of death in earlier decades, were
a relatively insignificant cause of death and accounted for only 3.9
percent of reported deaths in 1986. As of 1990, the latest year for
which data were available, no cases of acquired immune deficiency
syndrome (AIDS) had been reported.
Although shamanistic medicine has been repudiated as superstition,
herbal medicine, known as Eastern Medicine (Tonguihak), is still highly
esteemed. Practitioners of Eastern Medicine not only give preparations
orally, but also practice moxibustion (burning herbs and grasses on the
skin) and acupuncture. The high value accorded traditional herbal
medicine reflects not only its efficacy but also the chuch'e
emphasis on using native products and ingenuity. Moreover, in 1979 Kim
Il Sung published an essay entitled "On Developing Traditional
Korean Medicine." Central Eastern Medicine Hospital in P'yongyang,
the Research Institute of Eastern Medicine in the North Korean Academy
of Medical Sciences, and many pharmacies deal in traditional herbal
remedies.
Over the centuries, Korean physicians have developed an extensive
pharmacopeia of curative herbs. North Korean sources claim that herbal
medicines are superior to Western medicines because they have no
dangerous side effects. According to a 1991 article in the P'yongyang
Times, "[t]he combination of Korean medicine with Western
medicine has reached 70 percent in the primary medical treatment,"
and "[t]he native system is popular among the people for its
effectiveness in internal and surgical treatment, obstetrics and
gynecology, pediatrics and other sectors of clinical treatment and
health and longevity." Natural products with medical properties
distributed by pharmacies include extracts of insam (ginseng),
deer's placenta, and a "metabolism activator" called tonghae
chongsimhwan, a mixture of herbs, and animal and mineral products
collected around Kwanmo-san and along the coast of the East Sea.
Physical education is an important part of public health. Children
and adults are expected to participate in physical exercises during work
breaks or school recesses; they are also encouraged to take part in
recreational sports activities such as running, gymnastics, volleyball,
ice skating, and traditional Korean games. Group gymnastic exercises are
considered an art form as well as a form of discipline and education.
Mass gymnastic displays, involving several tens of thousands of
uniformed participants, are frequently organized. Some of the largest
were held in commemoration of the eightieth birthday of Kim Il Sung and
the fiftieth birthday of Kim Jong Il, both celebrated in 1992.
North Korea
North Korea - THE ECONOMY
North Korea
THE DEMOCRATIC PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF KOREA (DPRK, or North Korea)
possesses extensive economic resources with which to build a modern
economy. These include sizable deposits of coal, other minerals, and
nonferrous metals. The river systems of the Yalu, Tumen, and Taedong,
and lesser rivers supplement North Korea's coal reserves and form an
abundant source of power. Although the mountainous terrain prohibits
paddy rice cultivation except in the coastal lowlands, corn, wheat, and
soybeans grow well on dry field plateaus. The country's hilly areas also
provide for timber forests, livestock grazing, and orchards.
North Korea inherited the basic infrastructure of a modern economy at
the end of the Japanese colonial era (1910-45) and achieved considerable
success because of the ability of the communist regime to marshall
unutilized resources and idle labor and to impose a low rate of
consumption. Around the beginning of the 1960s, however, the economy had
reached a stage where delays and bottlenecks began to emerge. Once
growth could be achieved only by raising productivity through increased
efficiency, an expanded resource base, and technological advances,
slowdowns and setbacks occurred. Slow economic growth continued into the
1970s and 1980s. Based on chuch'e, the self-reliant economic policy emphasizes heavy
industry. This policy, coupled with economic difficulties, has resulted
in a poor record of exports, chronic trade deficits, and a sizable
foreign debt, as well as foreign trade primarily oriented toward other
communist countries. At the outset of the 1990s, North Korea's economy
was in a deep slump and in great disarray, and was hopelessly behind its
rival, the Republic of Korea (ROK, or South Korea), which has become a
world-class economic powerhouse.
North Korea's economy remains one of the world's last centrally
planned systems. The role of market allocation is sharply
limited--mainly in the rural sector where peasants sell produce from
small private plots. There are almost no small businesses. Although
there have been scattered and limited attempts at decentralization, as
of mid-1993, P'yongyang's basic adherence to a rigid command economy
continues, as does its reliance on fundamentally non-pecuniary
incentives. A North Korean decision to create Chinese-style special
economic zones represents a major breakthrough in decentralizing the
economy.
As the country faces the 1990s, great challenges lie ahead. The
collapse of communist regimes, particularly North Korea's principal
benefactor, the Soviet Union, have forced the already depressed North
Korean economy to fundamentally realign its foreign economic relations.
Economic exchanges with South Korea have even begun in earnest.
North Korea
North Korea - ECONOMIC SETTING
North Korea
Korea under the Japanese Occupation
North Korea inherited the basic infrastructure of a modern economy
because of Japan's substantial investment in development during the
Japanese occupation. The Japanese had developed considerable heavy
industry, particularly in the metal and chemical industries,
hydroelectric power, and mining in the northern half of Korea, where
they introduced modern mining methods. The southern half of the country
produced most of the rice and a majority of textiles. The hydroelectric
power and chemical plants were said to be second to none in Asia at that
time in terms of both their scale and technology. The same applied to
the railroad and communication networks.
There were, however, serious defects in the industrial structures and
their location. The Korean economy, geared primarily to benefit the
Japanese homeland, was made dependent on Japan for final processing of
products; heavy industry was limited to the production of mainly raw
materials, semifinished goods, and war supplies, which were then shipped
to Japan proper for final processing and consumption. Japan did not
allow Korea to develop a machine tool industry. Most industrial centers
were strategically located on the eastern or western coasts near ports
so as to connect them efficiently with Japan. Railroad networks ran
mainly along the north-south axis, facilitating Japan's access to the
Asian mainland. Because the Japanese occupied almost all the key
government positions and owned and controlled the industrial and
financial enterprises, few Koreans benefited from acquiring basic skills
essential for modernization. Moreover, the Japanese left behind an
agrarian structure--land tenure system, size of landholdings and farm
operation, pattern of land use and farm income--that needed much reform.
Farms were fragmented and small, and landownership was extremely
unequal. Toward the end of the Japanese occupation, about 50 percent of
all farm households in Korea were headed by tenant farmers.
The sudden withdrawal of the Japanese and the subsequent partition of
the country created economic chaos. Severance of the complementary
"agricultural" south from the "industrial" north and
from Japan meant that North Korea's traditional markets for raw
materials and semifinished goods--as well as its sources of food and
manufactured goods--were cut off. Furthermore, the withdrawal of the
entrepreneurial and engineering skills supplied mainly by Japanese
personnel affected the economic base. Thus the task facing the communist
regime in North Korea was to develop a viable economy, which it
reoriented mainly toward other communist countries, while at the same
time to rectify the "malformation" in the colonial industrial
structure. Subsequently, the problem was compounded further by the
devastation of industrial plants during the Korean War (1950-53). North
Korea's economic development therefore did not tread a new path until
after the Korean War.
Developmental Strategy
As of mid-1993, North Korea's economy remained one of the world's
most highly centralized and planned, even by pre-1990 communist
standards. Complete "socialization" of the economy was
accomplished by 1958, when private ownership of the means of production,
land, and commercial enterprises was replaced by state or cooperative
(collective) ownership and control. As a result, industrial firms were
either state-owned or cooperatives, the former contributing more than 90
percent of total industrial output in the 1960s.
Unlike in industry, collectives are the predominant form of ownership
and production in agriculture; the remaining rural enterprises are
organized as state farms. The sole negligible exception to state and
collective ownership in agriculture is the ownership of small garden
plots and fruit trees, as well as the raising of poultry, pigs, bees,
and the like, which are permitted both for personal consumption and sale
at the peasant market. Private plots can be no more than roughly 160
square meters in area. State and cooperative ownership and control
extends to foreign trade, as well as to all other sectors of the
economy, including banking, transportation, and communications.
In commerce nearly all goods are distributed through either
state-operated or cooperative stores. Less than 1 percent of retail
transactions are carried out at peasant markets, where surplus farm
products are sold at free-market prices.
As in other Soviet-type or "command" economies, all
economic decisions concerning the selection of output, output targets,
allocation of inputs, prices, distribution of national income,
investment, and economic development are implemented through the
economic plan devised at the center and are "blueprinted" by
the State Planning Committee. In the face of the worldwide political
and economic collapse of communist regimes in the early 1990s, North
Korea defiantly continues to sing the praises of a command economy.
Attempts to increase production through rigid central control and
exhortations and other non-pecuniary incentives have not ceased, as
exemplified by the campaign entitled "Speed of the 1990s."
On-site industrial visits by President Kim Il Sung and his son and
heir-apparent, Kim Jong Il, continue.
However, there have been some minor efforts toward relaxing central
control of the economy in the 1980s that involve industrial enterprises.
Encouraged by Kim Jong Il's call to strengthen the implementation of the
independent accounting system (tongnip ch'aesangje) of
enterprises in March 1984, interest in enterprise management and the
independent accounting system has increased, as evidenced by increasing
coverage of the topic in various North Korean journals. Under the system, factory managers still are
assigned output targets but are given more discretion in making
decisions about labor, equipment, materials, and funds.
In addition to fixed capital, each enterprise is allocated a minimum
of working capital from the state through the Central Bank and is
required to meet various operating expenses with the proceeds from sales
of its output. Up to 50 percent of the "profit" is taxed, the
remaining half being kept by the enterprise for purchase of equipment,
introduction of new technology, welfare benefits, and bonuses. As such,
the system provides some built-in incentives and some degree of
micro-level autonomy, unlike the budget allocation system, under which
any surplus is turned over to the government in its entirety.
Another innovation, the August Third People's Consumer Goods
Production Movement, is centered on consumer goods production. This
measure was so named after Kim Jong Il made an inspection tour of an
exhibition of light industrial products held in P'yongyang on August 3,
1984. The movement charges workers to use locally available resources
and production facilities to produce needed consumer goods. On the
surface, the movement does not appear to differ much from the local
industry programs in existence since the 1960s, although some degree of
local autonomy is allowed. However, a major departure places output,
pricing, and purchases outside central planning. In addition, direct
sales stores have been established to distribute goods produced under
the movement directly to consumers. The movement is characterized as a
third sector in the production of consumer goods, alongside centrally
controlled light industry and locally controlled traditional light
industry. Moreover, there were some reports in the mid-1980s of
increasing encouragement of small-scale private handicrafts and farm
markets. As of 1992, however, no move was reported to expand the size of
private garden plots.
All these measures appear to be minor stop-gap measures to alleviate
severe shortages of consumer goods by infusing some degree of
incentives. In mid-1993 no significant moves signaling a fundamental
deviation from the existing system had occurred. The reluctance to
initiate reform appears to be largely political. It is, perhaps, the
linkage between economic reform and political liberalization that
worries the leadership. This concern is based on the belief that
economic reform will produce new interests that will demand political
expression, and that demands for the institutionalization of such
pluralism eventually will lead to political liberalization. There
clearly exists a catch-22 situation for Kim Il Sung and, particularly,
for Kim Jong Il. In order to legitimize his power base, the younger Kim
needs an economic base. However, his economic reforms challenge his
position as the advancer of chuch'e and may eventually undo the
regime.
In the mid-1980s, the speculation that North Korea would emulate
China in establishing Chinese-style special economic zones was flatly
denied by then deputy chairman of the Economic Policy Commission Yun
Ki-pok (Yun became chairman as of June 1989). China's special economic
zones typically are coastal areas established to promote economic
development and the introduction of advanced technology through foreign
investment. Investors are offered preferential tax terms and facilities.
The zones, which allow greater reliance on market forces, have more
decisionmaking power in economic activities than do provincial-level
units. Over the years, China has tried to convince the North Korean
leadership of the advantages of these zones by giving tours of the
various zones and explaining their values to visiting high-level
officials.
In December 1991, North Korea established a "zone of free
economy and trade" to include the northeastern port cities of
Unggi, Ch'ngjin, and Najin. The establishment of this zone also had
ramifications on the questions of how far North Korea would go in
opening its economy to the West and to South Korea, the future of the
development scheme for the Tumen River area, and, more important, how
much North Korea would reform its economic system.
North Korea
North Korea - ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
North Korea
North Korea's reliance on a command economy has led to an
inward-looking development strategy, demonstrated in policies on
domestic industrial development, foreign trade, foreign capital,
imported technology, and other forms of international economic
cooperation. Priority is assigned to establishing a selfsufficient
industrial base. Consumer goods are produced primarily to satisfy
domestic demand, and private consumption is held to low levels. This
approach is in sharp contrast to South Korea's outward-oriented strategy
begun in the mid-1960s, which started with light industry in order to
meet the demands of growing domestic and foreign markets and export
expansion.
As a consequence of the government's policy of establishing economic
self-sufficiency, the North Korean economy has become increasingly
isolated from that of the rest of the world, and its industrial
development and structure do not reflect its international
competitiveness. Domestic firms are shielded from international as well
as domestic competition; the result is chronic inefficiency, poor
quality, limited product diversity, and underutilization of plants. This
protectionism also limits the size of the market for North Korean
producers, which, in turn, prevents them from taking advantage of
economies of scale.
Beginning in the mid-1980s, and particularly around the end of the
decade, North Korea began slowly to modify its rigid selfreliant policy.
The changes, popularly identified as the opendoor policy, included an
increasing emphasis on foreign trade, a readiness to accept direct
foreign investment by enacting a joint venture law, the decision to open
the country to international tourism, and economic cooperation with
South Korea.
Record of Economic Performance
A lack of reliable data inhibits an accurate quantitative assessment
of North Korea's economic performance. In mid-1993 North Korea remains
one of the most secretive nations in the world, limiting the release of
its economic data to the outside world and, for that matter, to its own
population. Until about 1960, North Korea released economic data
relatively more freely. Beginning in the 1960s, the publication of
economic data began to dwindle dramatically; the withholding of
information coincided with the beginning of the economy's slowdown.
The small amount of data that is published suffers from ambiguities
and gaps and--more often than not--is in the form of percentages that do
not provide base figures or explain the precise meaning of aggregated
data. Moreover, North Korean macroeconomic aggregates such as national
income, which is based on Marxist definitions, has to be modified in
order to be comparable to customary Western standards. In the 1980s and
early 1990s, only limited quantitative or qualitative information about
the North Korean economy was available. Quantitative information on
foreign trade is a welcome exception because the statistical returns
from North Korea's trade partners are gathered by such international
organizations as the United Nations (UN) and the International Monetary
Fund (IMF), and South Korean organizations such as the National
Unification Board.
Estimating gross national product (GNP) is a difficult task because
of the dearth of economic data, the national income accounting
procedures based on the Marxist definition of production, and the
problem of choosing an appropriate rate of exchange for the wn--
the nonconvertible North Korean currency. The South Korean government's
estimate placed North Korea's GNP in 1991 at US$22.9 billion, or
US$1,038 per capita. This estimate of economic accomplishment pales next
to South Korea's GNP of US$237.9 billion with a per capita income of
US$5,569 that same year. North Korea's GNP in 1991 showed a 5.2 percent
decline over 1989, and preliminary indications were that the decline
would continue. In contrast, South Korea's GNP grew by 9.3 percent and
8.4 percent, respectively, in 1990 and 1991.
Postwar Economic Planning
During what North Korea called the "peaceful construction"
period before the Korean War, the fundamental task of the economy was to
overtake the level of output and efficiency attained toward the end of
the Japanese occupation; to restructure and develop a viable economy
reoriented toward the communist-bloc countries; and to begin the process
of socializing the economy. Nationalization of key industrial
enterprises and land reform, both of which were carried out in 1946,
laid the groundwork for two successive one-year plans in 1947 and 1948,
respectively, and the Two-Year Plan of 1949-50. It was during this
period that the piece-rate wage system and the independent accounting
system began to be applied and that the commercial network increasingly
came under state and cooperative ownership.
The basic goal of the Three-Year Plan, officially named the
Three-Year Post-war Reconstruction Plan of 1954-56, was to reconstruct
an economy torn by the Korean War. The plan stressed more than merely
regaining the prewar output levels. The Soviet Union, China, and East
European countries provided reconstruction assistance. The highest
priority was developing heavy industry, but an earnest effort to
collectivize farming also was begun. At the end of 1957, output of most
industrial commodities had returned to 1949 levels, except for a few
items such as chemical fertilizers, carbides, and sulfuric acid, whose
recovery took longer.
Having basically completed the task of reconstruction, the state
planned to lay a solid foundation for industrialization while completing
the socialization process and solving the basic problems of food and
shelter during the Five-Year Plan of 1957- 60. The socialization process
was completed by 1958 in all sectors of the economy, and the Ch'llima
Movement (see Glossary) was introduced. Although growth rates reportedly
were high, there were serious imbalances among the different economic
sectors. Because rewards were given to individuals and enterprises that
met production quotas, frantic efforts to fulfill plan targets in
competition with other enterprises and industries caused
disproportionate growth among various enterprises, between industry and
agriculture and between light and heavy industries. Because resources
were limited and the transportation system suffered bottlenecks,
resources were diverted to politically well-connected enterprises or
those whose managers complained the loudest. An enterprise or industry
that performed better than others often did so at the expense of others.
Such disruptions intensified as the target year of the plan approached.
Until the 1960s, North Korea's economy grew much faster than South
Korea's. Although P'yongyang was behind in total national output, it was
ahead of Seoul in per capita national output, because of its smaller
population relative to South Korea. For example, in 1960 North Korea's
population was slightly over 10 million persons, while South Korea's
population was almost 25 million persons. Phenomenal annual economic
growth rates of 30 percent and 21 percent during the Three-Year Plan of
1954-56 and the Five-Year Plan of 1957-60, respectively, were reported.
After claiming early fulfillment of the Five-Year Plan in 1959, North
Korea officially designated 1960 a "buffer year"--a year of
adjustment to restore balances among sectors before the next plan became
effective in 1961. Not surprisingly the same phenomenon recurred in
subsequent plans. Because the Five-Year Plan was fulfilled early, it
became a de facto four-year plan. Beginning in the early 1960s, however,
P'yongyang's economic growth slowed until it was stagnant at the
beginning of the 1990s.
Various factors explain the very high rate of economic development of
the country in the 1950s and the general slowdown since the 1960s.
During the reconstruction period after the Korean War, there were
opportunities for extensive economic growth--attainable through the
communist regime's ability to marshall idle resources and labor and to
impose a low rate of consumption. This general pattern of initially high
growth resulting in a high rate of capital formation was mirrored in
other Soviet-type economies. Toward the end of the 1950s, as
reconstruction work was completed and idle capacity began to diminish,
the economy had to shift from the extensive to the intensive stage,
where the simple communist discipline of marshalling underutilized
resources became less effective. In the new stage, inefficiency arising
from emerging bottlenecks led to diminishing returns. Further growth
would only be attained by increasing efficiency and technological
progress.
Beginning in the early 1960s, a series of serious bottlenecks began
to impede development. Bottlenecks were pervasive and generally were
created by the lack of arable land, skilled labor, energy, and
transportation, and deficiencies in the extractive industries. Moreover,
both land and marine transportation lacked modern equipment and modes of
transportation. The inability of the energy and extractive industries as
well as of the transportation network to supply power and raw materials
as rapidly as the manufacturing plants could absorb them began to slow
industrial growth.
The First Seven-Year Plan (initially 1961-67) built on the groundwork
of the earlier plans but changed the focus of industrialization. Heavy
industry, with the machine tool industry as its linchpin, was given
continuing priority. During the plan, however, the economy experienced
widespread slowdowns and reverses for the first time, in sharp contrast
to the rapid and uninterrupted growth during previous plans.
Disappointing performance forced the planners to extend the plan three
more years, until 1970. During the last part of the de facto ten-year
plan, emphasis shifted to pursuing parallel development of the economy
and of defense capabilities. This shift was prompted by concern over the
military takeover in South Korea by General Park Chung Hee (1961-79),
escalation of the United States involvement in Vietnam, and the widening
Sino-Soviet split. It was thought that stimulating a technological
revolution in the munitions industry was one means to achieve these
parallel goals. In the end, the necessity to divert resources to defense
became the official explanation for the plan's failure.
The Six-Year Plan of 1971-76 followed immediately in 1971. In the
aftermath of the poor performance of the preceding plan, growth targets
of the Six-Year Plan were scaled down substantially. Because some of the
proposed targets in the First Seven-Year Plan had not been attained even
by 1970, the Six-Year Plan did not deviate much from its predecessor in
basic goals. The Six-Year Plan placed more emphasis on technological
advance, self-sufficiency in industrial raw materials, improving product
quality, correcting imbalances among different sectors, and developing
the power and extractive industries; the last of these had been deemed
largely responsible for slowdowns during the First Seven-Year Plan. The
plan called for attaining a self- sufficiency rate of 60 to 70 percent
in all industrial sectors by substituting domestic raw materials
wherever possible and by organizing and renovating technical processes
to make the substitution feasible. Improving transport capacity was seen
as one of the urgent tasks in accelerating economic development--
understandable since it was one of the major bottlenecks of the Six-Year
Plan.
North Korea claimed to have fulfilled the Six-Year Plan by the end of
August 1975, a full year and four months ahead of schedule. Under the
circumstances, it was expected that the next plan would start without
delay in 1976, a year early, as was the case when the First Seven-Year
Plan was instituted in 1961. Even if the Six-Year Plan had been
completed on schedule, the next plan should have started in 1977.
However, it was not until nearly two years and four months later that
the long-awaited plan was unveiled--1977 had become a "buffer
year."
The inability of the planners to continuously formulate and institute
economic plans reveals as much about the inefficacy of planning itself
as the extent of the economic difficulties and administrative
disruptions facing the country. For example, targets for successive
plans have to be based on the accomplishments of preceding plans. If
these targets are underfulfilled, all targets of the next
plan--initially based on satisfaction of the plan--have to be
reformulated and adjusted. Aside from underfulfillment of the targets,
widespread disruptions and imbalances among various sectors of the
economy further complicate plan formulation.
The basic thrust of the Second Seven-Year Plan (1978-84) was to
achieve the three-pronged goals of self-reliance, modernization, and
"scientification." Although the emphasis on self-reliance was
not new, it had not previously been the explicit focus of an economic
plan. This new emphasis might have been a reaction to mounting foreign
debt originating from large- scale imports of Western machinery and
equipment in the mid- 1970s. Through modernization North Korea hoped to
increase mechanization and automation in all sectors of the economy.
"Scientification" is a buzzword for the adoption of up-to-date
production and management techniques. The specific objectives of the
economic plan were to strengthen the fuel, energy, and resource bases of
industry through priority development of the energy and extractive
industries; to modernize industry; to substitute domestic resources for
certain imported raw materials; to expand freight-carrying capacity in
railroad, road, and marine transportation systems; to centralize and
containerize the transportation system; and to accelerate a technical
revolution in agriculture.
In order to meet the manpower and technology requirements of an
expanding economy, the education sector also was targeted for
improvements. The quality of the comprehensive eleven-year compulsory
education system was to be enhanced to train more technicians and
specialists, and to expand the training of specialists, particularly in
the fields of fuel, mechanical, electronic, and automation engineering.
Successful fulfillment of the so-called nature-remaking projects also
was part of the Second Seven-Year Plan. These projects referred to the
five-point program for nature transformation unveiled by Kim Il Sung in
1976: completing the irrigation of non-paddy fields; reclaiming 100,000
hectares of new land; building 150,000 hectares to 200,000 hectares of
terraced fields; carrying out afforestation and water conservation work;
and reclaiming tidal land.
From all indications, the Second Seven-Year Plan was not successful.
North Korea generally downplayed the accomplishments of the plan, and no
other plan received less official fanfare. It was officially claimed
that the economy had grown at an annual rate of 8.8 percent during the
plan, somewhat below the planned rate of 9.6 percent. The reliability of
this aggregate measure, however, is questionable. During the plan, the
target annual output of 10 million tons of grains (cereals and pulses)
was attained. However, by official admission, the targets of only five
other commodities were fulfilled. Judging from the growth rates
announced for some twelve industrial products, it is highly unlikely
that the total industrial output increased at an average rate of 12.2
percent as claimed. After the plan concluded, there was no new economic
plan for two years, indications of both the plan's failure and the
severity of the economic and planning problems confronting the economy
in the mid-1980s.
The main targets of the Third Seven-Year Plan of 1987-93 are to
achieve the so-called "Ten Long-Range Major Goals of the 1980s for
the Construction of the Socialist Economy". These goals, conceived
in 1980, are to be fulfilled by the end of the decade. The fact that
these targets are rolled over to the end of the Third Seven-Year Plan is
another indication of the disappointing economic performance during the
Second Seven-Year Plan. The three policy goals of self-reliance,
modernization, and "scientification" were repeated. Economic
growth was set at 7.9 percent annually, lower than the previous plan.
Although achieving the ten major goals of the 1980s is the main thrust
of the Third Seven-Year Plan, some substantial changes have been made in
specific quantitative targets. For example, the target for the annual
output of steel has been drastically reduced from 15 million tons to 10
millon tons. This reduction will have serious negative secondary effects
on heavy industry. The output targets of cement and non-ferrous metals--
two major export items--have been increased significantly. The June 1989
introduction of the Three-Year Plan for Light Industry as part of the
Third Seven-Year Plan is intended to boost the standard of living by
addressing consumer needs.
The Third Seven-Year Plan gives a great deal of attention to
developing foreign trade and joint ventures, the first time a plan has
addressed these issues. By the end of 1991, however, two years before
the termination of the plan, no quantitative plan targets had been made
public, an indication that the plan has not fared well. The diversion of
resources to build highways, theaters, hotels, airports, and other
facilities in order to host the Thirteenth World Festival of Youth and
Students in July 1989, must have had a negative impact on industrial and
agricultural development, although the expansion and improvement of
social infrastructure have resulted in some long-term economic benefits.
The shortage of foreign exchange because of a chronic trade deficit,
a large foreign debt, and dwindling foreign aid has constrained economic
development. In addition, North Korea has been diverting scarce
resources from developmental projects to defense; it spent more than 20
percent of GNP on defense toward the end of the 1980s, a proportion
among the highest in the world. These negative factors, compounded by the
declining efficiency of the central planning system and the failure to
modernize the economy, have slowed the pace of growth since the 1960s.
The demise of the communist regimes in the Soviet Union and East
European countries--North Korea's traditional trade partners and
benefactors--has compounded the economic difficulties in the early
1990s.
Concomitant with the socialization of the economy and the growth in
the total magnitude of national output has been a dramatic and revealing
change in the relative share of output, indicating that the economy has
been transformed from being primarily agricultural to primarily
industrial. Whereas in 1946, industrial and agricultural outputs were
16.8 percent and 63.5 percent, respectively, of total national output,
the relative position has reversed fundamentally since then so that the
respective shares in 1970 were 57.3 percent and 21.5 percent. Judging
from the agricultural share of 24 percent in 1981, there were slight
reverses in the relative composition in the 1970s.
Growth and changes in the structure and ownership pattern of the
economy also have changed the labor force. By 1958 individual private
farmers, who once constituted more than 70 percent of the labor force,
had been transformed into or replaced by state or collective farmers.
Private artisans, merchants, and entrepreneurs had joined state or
cooperative enterprises. In the industrial sector in 1963, the last year
for which such data are available, there were 2,295 state enterprises
and 642 cooperative enterprises. The size and importance of the state
enterprises can be surmised by the fact that state enterprises, which
constituted 78.1 percent of the total number of industrial enterprises,
contributed 91.2 percent of total industrial output.
<>Economic Planning
North Korea
North Korea - Economic Planning
North Korea
Although general economic policy objectives are decided by the
Central People's Committee (CPC), it is the task of the State Planning
Committee to translate the broad goals into specific annual and
long-term development plans and quantitative targets for the economy as
a whole, as well as for each industrial sector and enterprise. Under the
basic tenets of the 1964 reforms, the planning process is guided by the
principles of "unified planning" (ilwnhwa) and of
"detailed planning" (saebunhwa).
Under "unified planning," regional committees are
established in each province, city, and county to systematically
coordinate planning work. These committees do not belong to any regional
organization and are directly supervised by the State Planning
Committee. As a result of a reorganization in 1969, they are separated
into provincial planning committees, city/county committees, and
enterprise committees (for large-scale enterprises).
The various planning committees, under the auspices of the State
Planning Committee, coordinate their planning work with the existing
planning offices of the various economy-related government organizations
in each of the corresponding regional and local areas. The system
attempts to enable the regional planning staffs to better coordinate
with economic establishments in their areas, which are directly
responsible to them with regard to planning, as well as to communicate
directly with staff at the CPC. "Detailed planning" seeks to
construct plans with precise accuracy and scientific methods based on
concrete assessment of the available resources, labor, funds, plant
capacities, and all other necessary information.
There are four stages in drafting the final national economic plan.
The first stage is collecting and compiling preliminary statistical
data. These figures, which are used as the basic planning data on the
productive capacities of various economic sectors, originally are
prepared by lower level economic units and aggregated on a national
level by respective departments and committees. Simultaneously, the
regional, local, and enterprise planning committees prepare their own
data and forward them to the CPC. Through this two-channel system of
simultaneous but separate and independent preparation of statistical
data by economic units and planning committees, the government seeks to
ensure an accurate, objective, and realistic data base unfettered by
local and bureaucratic bias. The second stage is preparing the control
figures by the CPC based on the preliminary data in accordance with the
basic plan goals presented by the Central People's Committee. In the
third stage, a draft plan is prepared.
The draft plan, prepared by the CPC, is the result of coordinating
all draft figures submitted by the lower level economic units, which, in
turn, base their drafts on the control figures handed down from the
committee. In the fourth stage, the CPC submits a unified national draft
plan to the Central People's Committee and the State Administration
Council for confirmation. After approval by the Supreme People's
Assembly, the draft becomes final and is distributed to all economic
units as well as to regional and local planning committees. The plan
then becomes legal and compulsory. Frequent directives from the central
government contain changes in the plan targets or incentives for meeting
the plan objectives.
Although the central government is most clearly involved in the
formulation and evaluation of the yearly and long-term plans, it also
reviews summaries of quarterly or monthly progress. Individual
enterprises divide the production period into daily, weekly, ten-day,
monthly, quarterly, and annual periods. In general, the monthly plan is
the basic factory planning period.
The success of an economic plan depends on the quality and detail of
information received, the establishment of realistic targets,
coordination among different sectors, and correct implementation. High
initial growth during the Three-Year Plan and, to a lesser extent,
during the Five-Year Plan contributed to a false sense of confidence
among the planners. Statistical overreporting--an inherent tendency in a
economy where rewards lie in fulfilling the quantitative targets,
particularly when the plan target year approaches--leads to
overestimation of economic potential, poor product quality, and
eventually to plan errors. Inefficient utilization of plants, equipment,
and raw materials also add to planning errors. Lack of coordination in
planning and production competition among sectors and regions cause
imbalances and disrupt input-output relationships. The planning reforms
in 1964 were supposed to solve these problems, but the need for correct
and detailed planning and strict implementation of plans was so great
that their importance was emphasized in the report unveiling the Second
Seven-Year Plan, indicating that planning problems persisted in the
1980s.
The Ch'ongsan-ni Method
The Ch'ongsan-ni Method, or Chngsan-ri
Method, of management was born out of Kim Il Sung's
February 1960 visit to the Ch'ongsan-ni Cooperative Farm in South
P'yngan Province. Kim and other members of the KWP Central Committee
offered "on-the-spot guidance" and spent fifteen days
instructing and interacting with the workers. The avowed objective of
this new method is to combat "bureaucratism" and
"formalism" in the farm management system.
The leadership claimed that farm workers were unhappy and produced
low output because low-ranking party functionaries, who expounded
abstract Marxist theories and slogans, were using incorrect tactics that
failed to motivate. To correct this, the leadership recommended that the
workers receive specific guidance in solving production problems and be
promised readily available material incentives. The Ch'ongsan-ni Method
called for highranking party officials, party cadres, and administrative officials to emulate Kim Il Sung by
making field inspections. The system also provided opportunities for
farmers to present their grievances and ideas to leading cadres and
managers.
Perhaps more important than involving administrative personnel in
on-site inspections was the increased use of material incentives, such
as paid vacations, special bonuses, honorific titles, and monetary
rewards. In fact, the Ch'ongsan-ni Method appeared to accommodate almost
any expedient to spur production. The method, however, subsequently was
undercut by heavy-handed efforts to increase farm production and
amalgamate farms into ever-larger units. Actual improvement in the
agricultural sector began with the adoption of the subteam contract
system as a means of increasing peasant productivity by adjusting
individual incentives to those of the immediate, small working group.
Thus the increasing scale of collective farms was somewhat offset by the
reduction in the size of the working unit. "On-the-spot
guidance" by high government functionaries, however, continues in
the early 1990s, as exemplified by Kim Il Sung's visits to such places
as the Wangjaesan Cooperative Farm in Ssng County and the Kyngsn Branch
Experimental Farm of the Academy of Agricultural Sciences between August
20 and 30, 1991.
The Taean Work System
The industrial management system developed in three distinct stages.
The first stage was a period of enterprise autonomy that lasted until
December 1946. The second stage was a transitional system based on local
autonomy, with each enterprise managed by the enterprise management
committee under the direction of the local people's committee. This
system was replaced by the "oneman management system," with
management patterned along Soviet lines as large enterprises were
nationalized and came under central control. The third stage, the Taean
Work System, was introduced in December 1961 as an
application and refinement of agricultural management techniques to
industry. The Taean industrial management system grew out of the
Ch'ongsan-ni Method.
The highest managerial authority under the Taean system is the party
committee. Each committee consists of approximately twenty-five to
thirty-five members elected from the ranks of managers, workers,
engineers, and the leadership of "working people's
organizations" at the factory. A smaller "executive
committee," about one-fourth the size of the regular committee, has
practical responsibility for day-to-day plant operations and major
factory decisions. The most important staff members, including the party
committee secretary, factory manager, and chief engineer, make up its
membership. The system focuses on cooperation among workers,
technicians, and party functionaries at the factory level.
Each factory has two major lines of administration, one headed by the
manager, the other by the party committee secretary. A chief engineer
and his or her assistants direct a general staff in charge of all
aspects of production, planning, and technical guidance. Depending on
the size of the factory, varying numbers of deputies oversee factory
logistics, marketing, and workers' services. The supply of materials
includes securing, storing, and distributing all materials for factory
use, as well as storing finished products and shipping them from the
factory.
Deputies are in charge of assigning workers to their units and
handling factory accounts and payroll. Providing workers' services
requires directing any farming done on factory lands, stocking factory
retail shops, and taking care of all staff amenities. Deputies in charge
of workers' services are encouraged to meet as many of the factory's
needs as possible using nearby agricultural cooperatives and local
industries.
The secretary of the party committee organizes all political
activities in each of the factory party cells and attempts to ensure
loyalty to the party's production targets and management goals.
According to official claims, all management decisions are arrived at by
consensus among the members of the party committee. Given the
overwhelming importance of the party in the country's affairs, it seems
likely that the party secretary has the last say in any major factory
disputes.
The Taean system heralded a more rational approach to industrial
management than that practiced previously. Although party functionaries
and workers became more important to management under the new system,
engineers and technical staff also received more responsibility in areas
where their expertise could contribute the most. The system recognizes
the importance of material as well as "politico-moral"
incentives for managing the factory workers. The "internal
accounting system," a spin-off of the "independent accounting
system," grants bonuses to work teams and workshops that use raw
materials and equipment most efficiently. These financial rewards come
out of enterprise profits.
A measure of the success of the Taean Work System is its longevity
and its continued endorsement by the leadership. In his 1991 New Year's
address marking the thirtieth anniversary of the creation of the system,
Kim Il Sung said that the "Taean work system is the best system of
economic management. It enables the producer masses to fulfill their
responsibility and role as masters and to manage the economy in a
scientific and rational manner by implementing the mass line in economic
management, and by combining party leadership organically with
administrative, economic, and technical guidance."
Mass Production Campaigns
Parallel to management techniques such as the Ch'ongsan-ni Method and
the Taean Work System, which were designed to increase output in the
course of more normalized and regularized operations of farms and
enterprises, the leadership continuously resorts to exhortations and
mass campaigns to motivate the workers to meet output targets. The
earliest and the most pervasive mass production campaign was the
Ch'llima Movement. Introduced in 1958, and fashioned after China's Great
Leap Forward (1958-60), the Ch'llima Movement organized the labor force
into work teams and brigades to compete at increasing production. The
campaign was aimed not only at industrial and agricultural workers but
also at organizations in education, science, sanitation and health, and
culture. In addition to work teams, units eligible for Ch'llima
citations included entire factories, factory workshops, and such
self-contained units as a ship or a railroad station. The
"socialist competition" among the industrial sectors,
enterprises, farms, and work teams under the Ch'llima Movement
frantically sought to complete the Five-Year Plan (1957-60), but instead
created chaotic disruptions in the economy. The disruptions made it
necessary to set aside 1959 as a "buffer year" to restore
balance in the economy.
Although the Ch'llima Movement was replaced in the early 1960s by the
Ch'ongsan-ni Method and the Taean Work System, the regime's reliance on
some form of mass campaign continued into the early 1990s. Campaigns
conducted after the Ch'llima Movement have been narrower in scope and
have concentrated on specific time frames for a particular industry or
economic sector. Often, the mass production movement takes the form of a
"speed battle"-- the "100-day speed battle" being
most common. The fact that the leadership has to resort to these
campaigns points to the weakness or improper functioning of the regular
day-to-day management system, as well as to a lack of incentives for
workers to achieve the desired economic results. The leadership
frequently resorts to speed battles toward the end of a certain period
(such as a month, a year, or a particular economic plan) to reach
production targets. The "Speed of the 1990s" is designed to
carry out the economic goals of the decade.
North Korea
North Korea - INDUSTRY
North Korea
North Korea's self-reliant development strategy assigned top priority
to developing heavy industry, with parallel development in agriculture
and light industry. This policy was achieved mainly by giving heavy
industry preferential allocation of state investment funds. More than 50
percent of state investment went to the industrial sector during the
1954-76 period (47.6 percent, 51.3 percent, 57.0 percent, and 49.0
percent, respectively, during the Three-Year Plan, Five-Year Plan, First
Seven-Year Plan, and Six-Year Plan). As a result, gross industrial
output grew rapidly.
As was the case with the growth in national output, the pace of
growth has slowed markedly since the 1960s. The rate declined from 41.7
percent and 36.6 percent a year during the Three-Year Plan and Five-Year
Plan, respectively, to 12.8 percent, 16.3 percent, and 12.2 percent,
respectively, during the First SevenYear Plan, Six-Year Plan, and Second
Seven-Year Plan. As a result of faster growth in industry, that sector's
share in total national output increased from 16.8 percent in 1946 to
57.3 percent in 1970. Since the 1970s, industry's share in national
output has remained relatively stable. From all indications, the pace of
industrialization during the Third Seven-Year Plan up to 1991 is far
below the planned rate of 9.6 percent. In 1990 it was estimated that the
industrial sector's share of national output was 56 percent.
Industry's share of the combined total of gross agricultural and
industrial output climbed from 28 percent in 1946 to well over 90
percent in 1980. Heavy industry received more than 80 percent of the
total state investment in industry between 1954 and 1976 (81.1 percent,
82.6 percent, 80 percent, and 83 percent, respectively, during the
Three-Year Plan, Five-Year Plan, First Seven-Year Plan, and Six-Year
Plan), and was overwhelmingly favored over light industry.
North Korea claims to have fulfilled the Second Seven-Year Plan
(1978-84) target of raising the industrial output in 1984 to 120 percent
of the 1977 target, equivalent to an average annual growth rate of 12.2
percent. Judging from the production of major commodities that form the
greater part of industrial output, however, it is unlikely that this
happened. For example, the increase during the 1978-84 plan period for
electric power, coal, steel, metal-cutting machines, tractors, passenger
cars, chemical fertilizers, chemical fibers, cement, and textiles,
respectively, was 78 percent, 50 percent, 85 percent, 67 percent, 50
percent, 20 percent, 56 percent, 80 percent, 78 percent, and 45 percent.
Development in Major Sectors
Growth in total industrial output was accompanied by changes in the
composition of industry, but large gaps and inconsistencies in official
statistics made it impossible to assess specific changes accurately. In
1965, the last year for which data were available for several sectors,
the machine building and metal processing sector--the "engineering
sector"-- accounted for the largest share of total industrial
production-- 29 percent. This figure was a dramatic change from 1946,
when the share of this sector was only 5.1 percent. Machinery building
was regarded as the key to industrialization. The next largest shares in
total industrial production in 1965 were 17.2 percent for textiles and
9.1 percent for the food processing and luxury goods industries. The
share of the machinery manufacturing industry increased further to 33.7
percent of gross industrial output in 1980. Although the production of
consumer goods was given more emphasis in the 1970s and 1980s, most
economic resources continue to be devoted to the production of minerals,
metals, and heavy machinery. In fact, most industry is located around
the major mining and machinery manufacturing centers that form the focal
points of the transportation and communications networks. At the start
of the 1990s, the country had a variety of relatively well developed
industries, and in per capita production of some industrial items was
comparable to those of many middle-income countries.
Mining and Metal Processing
The economy depends to a considerable degree on the extraction of its
many mineral resources for fuels, industrial raw materials, and metal
processing as well as for exports. Anthracite coal, with estimated
reserves of 1.8 billion tons, is the most abundant of the country's
mineral resources. It is produced in large quantity for both domestic
consumption and export. Coal mines, largely concentrated in South
P'yngan Province, produced 68 million tons and 22 million tons,
respectively, of anthracite and the less abundant lignite coal in 1990.
Despite a fairly steady increase in the 1980s, coal production has not
been able to catch up with rising demand. This situation has created a
persistent energy shortage because the country relies on coal as its
main energy source and lacks any reserves of oil or gas.
The lagging coal industry remains a major bottleneck. The aging of
existing mining equipment and facilities, the inefficiency that arises
from the increasing need to mine deeper seams, and a lack of modern,
efficient equipment are the primary reasons for the production lag in
extractive industries. The persistence of these problems prompted Kim Il
Sung to stress the importance of developing the mining and power
industries and rail transport even in his 1992 New Year's address--the
same theme he has repeated annually in his New Year's address for at
least the previous fifteen years.
Because of the lack of domestic reserves, the country continues to
rely on foreign sources for bituminous coal. Toward the end of the
1980s, China was the chief source of coking coal, followed by the Soviet
Union.
The Anju District coal mining complex is the leading coal producer. A large-scale open-pit mine was being developed in the Anju
District in 1990. High-quality anthracite deposits are located in the
Paegam District of Yanggang Province, and have estimated reserves of at
least 1 million tons. Coal deposits amounting to 10 million tons also
exist in Chunbi, T'- gol, and Kangdong in Kangdong District.
With estimated reserves of 400 million tons, iron ore continues to be
important for domestic industry and is a major source of foreign
exchange. According to Western estimates, annual iron ore output
increased from 8 million tons in 1985 to 10 million tons in 1990. In the
1980s, new mines were added at Tksng and Shae-ri; they supplemented
older mines at Musan, nryul, Tkch'n, Chaeryng, and Hasng, all of which
received considerable state investment. The expansion projects started
in early 1988 to increase the production capacity of the Musan Mining
Complex to 10 millions tons per year were completed in 1989. The
long-term annual output target, however, is 15 million tons. The
Chngp'yng Mine in South Hamgyng Province was commissioned to produce
ores in February 1991.
North Korea possesses the largest and some of the best quality
magnesite deposits in the world--an estimated 490 million tons. The
mining of magnesite is important for the domestic industrial ceramics
industry and for exports. Magnesite mines are concentrated in the
Tanch'n District in South Hamgyng Province; annual output of magnesite
in 1990 was estimated at 1.5 million tons. With the completion of
expansion projects of the Tanch'n Magnesia Plant and the construction of
the Unsng Crushing and Screening Plant in 1987, the production capacity
of magnesia increased to 2 million tons annually. The government also
began efforts to expand output capacity of magnesia in the Taehng
District toward the end of the 1980s.
Other important minerals are lead, zinc, tungsten, mercury, copper,
phosphate, gold, silver, and sulfur; manganese, graphite, apatite,
fluorite, barite, limestone, and talc also are found in great supply.
Zinc and lead ingots, among the leading exports, are produced at
domestic smelting plants in Tanch'n, Namp'o, Haeju, and Munpyng. With a
capacity of 15 million tons, the K mdk Mining Complex in South Hamgyng
Province is one of the leading producers. An estimated 200,000 tons of
high-grade electrolytic zinc and an estimated 80,000 tons of lead were
produced in 1990.
A joint venture project to redevelop the Unsan Gold Mine was unveiled
in March 1987. The successful reexploitation of the mine, originally
opened by a United States firm in 1896, with deposits estimated at more
than 1,000 tons, could make it one of the world's major gold mines.
Building materials, such as the cement used in almost every
construction project, are manufactured in large as well as smallscale
local industrial plants. Annual cement output was estimated at 11.77
million tons and 12.02 millon tons, respectively, in 1989 and 1990.
Manufacturing
The machine building industry grew rapidly beginning in the mid-1950s
and had become the most important industrial sector by 1960. It supplies
machinery needed for domestic industry and agriculture, such as tractors
and other farm machinery, as well as an extensive range of military
equipment. Production levels since the early 1960s, however,
have been disappointing. The output of metal cutting machines reached
30,000 units in 1975, but was far below the planned target of 50,000
units in 1984. Output in 1990 was estimated at 35,000 units. Similarly,
the output of tractors in 1984 was estimated to be less than 40,000
units, below the Second Seven-Year Plan target of 45,000 units per year.
Annual automobile production in 1990 was estimated at 33,000 units.
The quality of machinery generally is considered below international
standards. Some of the largest machinery plants are the Yongsng
Machinery Works and the Rakwn Machinery Works. The Taean Heavy Machinery
Works, built during the Second Seven-Year Plan (1978-84) with Soviet
assistance, is the country's largest machinery plant.
During the Third Seven-Year Plan (1987-93), the government plans to
modernize the machinery industry by introducing hightechnology and
high-speed precision machines and equipment. For example, it was
reported in 1990 that the H ich'n Machine Tool General Works had
completed a flexible manufacturing process by introducing robots into
the plant's numerically controlled machine tools and that the Ch'ngjin
Machine Tool Plant and others were hastening to do the same. The Third
Seven-Year Plan calls for an increase of 150 percent in machinery
output, slightly higher than the claimed increase of 130 percent during
the previous plan.
Utilizing the country's relatively abundant iron ore, the steel
industry is a major industrial sector. The Kimch'aek Integrated Iron and
Steel Works has surpassed the Hwanghae Iron Works to become the largest
steel and iron center. The planned annual production targets for the
Second Seven-Year Plan of 6.4 million tons to 7 million tons of pig-iron
and granulated iron, 7.4 million tons to 9 million tons of crude steel,
and 5.6 million tons to 6 million tons of rolled and structural steel
were not met. Estimated output of crude and rolled steel in 1990 was 5.9
million tons and 4 million tons, respectively. Outdated technology, a
lack of coking coal, and the low purity of domestic iron ore created
serious problems for the iron and steel industry. These difficulties
forced the government to scale down the crude steel target by the end of
the Third Seven-Year Plan compared with the earlier target of 15 million
tons by the end of the 1980s. Completion of the second-stage expansion
of Kimch'aek in 1988 reportedly increased the output capacity of the
complex to 5 million tons or more per year. New expansion projects
completed in 1989 added a 100-ton converter, an oxygen plant, and other
production and auxiliary systems.
Capacity expansion projects have been under way at the Ch'ngjin and
Ch'llima steel complexes. In October 1989, the Large Size Stamp-Forging
Plant of the Ch'llima Steel Complex, with a capacity of 2 million tons a
year and equipped with a 100,000-ton press, began operation. An
expansion project completed in 1989 at the S ngri General Motor Works
quadrupled the production capacity of the heavy duty trucks and plant
manufactures.
The French-built Ch'ngnyn Integrated Chemical Works in the Anju
District north of P'yongyang is the first petrochemical complex designed
to produce ethylene, polyethylene, acrylonitrite, and urea. The nearby
refinery at Unggi supplies the necessary crude petroleum. The Eight
February Synthetic Fiber Integrated Plant, a large-scale complex,
produces chemical fibers and has an annual capacity of 50,000 tons. A
synthetic fiber complex in Sunch'n, the country's largest, began
operation in 1989 after completing its first stage of construction. When
all stages are completed, production capacity is expected to reach
100,000 tons of synthetic fiber, 1 million tons of calcium carbide,
750,000 tons of methanol, 900,000 tons of nitrogen fertilizers, 250,000
tons of caustic soda, 250,000 tons of vinyl chloride, and 400,000 tons
of soda ash per year.
Light manufacturing has not kept pace with heavy industry. Since the
1970s, the leadership has begun to admit openly the backwardness of
consumer goods in terms of quality and variety. The government's stress
on providing adequate consumer goods continues into the early 1990s, but
is not backed by any real efforts to divert state investment funds from
heavy industrial projects. In his 1992 New Year's address, Kim Il Sung
stressed achieving the people's long cherished desire that "all
people might equally eat rice and meat soup regularly, wear silk
clothes, and live in a house with a tiled roof." However, this was
preceded by his exhortation that the most important and urgent tasks for
1992 were increasing the production of electricity and coal, and
developing rail transport.
The textile industry, the most important light industrial sector,
utilizes primarily locally produced synthetics and petrochemically based
fibers, as well as cotton and silk. P'yongyang, the site of the
P'yongyang Integrated Textile Mill, is the country's textile capital,
but Siniju and Sariwn have been gaining in importance. During the Second
Seven-Year Plan (1978-84), output of textile fabrics increased by 78
percent registered an annual growth rate of 8.6 percent, and, according
to official claims, achieved the 1984 target of 800 million meters.
However, foreign estimates placed textile output in 1990 at only 670
million meters. During the Second Seven-Year Plan, knitted goods,
particularly those using domestically produced acrylic fibers, were
emphasized. Efforts to expand the production capacity of knitwear
continue in the Third Seven-Year Plan (1987- 93). By modernizing
existing equipment and installing new spinning and weaving machines, the
government plans to increase the annual output of textiles to 1.5
billion meters by 1993. Judging from the 1990 level of output, it is
unlikely that this target will be fulfilled.
The Third Seven-Year Plan emphasizes synthetic fiber production based
on indigenous technology using coal and limestone, and on the production
of chemical fiber based on petrochemistry. The government has called for
accelerating the expansion projects at both the Siniju and Ch'ngjin
chemical fiber complexes. The planned annual output target for chemical
fibers in the Third Seven-Year Plan is 225,000 tons while the output for
synthetic resin and plasticizer is targeted at 500,000 tons. Foreign
estimates place the output of chemical fibers in 1990 at 177,000 tons.
North Korea also has a chemical weapons capability.
Since the early 1960s, local industry has been the major supplier of
consumer goods and foodstuffs. With the introduction of the August Third
People's Consumer Goods Production Movement, in effect since 1984, the
government's policy of developing small- and medium-scale local
industrial plants simultaneously with large-scale, centrally controlled
light industrial plants continues into the 1990s.
North Korea
North Korea - AGRICULTURE
North Korea
The task of increasing agricultural production beyond simple recovery
from the Korean War was not easy. The country's sparse agricultural
resources limit agricultural growth. Climate, terrain, and soil
conditions are not particularly favorable for farming. Only about 18 percent of the total
landmass, or approximately 2.2 million hectares, is arable; the major
portion of the country is rugged mountain terrain. The weather varies
markedly according to elevation, and lack of precipitation, along with
infertile soil, makes land at elevations higher than 400 meters
unsuitable for purposes other than grazing. Precipitation is
geographically and seasonally irregular, and in most parts of the
country as much as half the annual rainfall occurs in the three summer
months. This pattern favors the cultivation of paddy rice in warmer
regions that are outfitted with irrigation and flood control networks.
Where these conditions are lacking, however, farmers have to substitute
other grains for the traditional favorite.
Farming is concentrated in the flatlands of the four west coast
provinces, where a longer growing season, level land, adequate rainfall,
and good, irrigated soil permit the most intensive cultivation of crops.
A narrow strip of similarly fertile land runs through the eastern
seaboard Hamgyng provinces and Kangwn Province, but the interior
provinces of Chagang and Yanggang are too mountainous, cold, and dry to
allow much farming. The mountains, however, contain the bulk of North
Korea's forest reserves while the foothills within and between the major
agricultural regions provide lands for livestock grazing and fruit tree
cultivation.
Since self-sufficiency remains an important pillar of North Korean
ideology, self-sufficiency in food production is deemed a worthy goal.
Another aim of government policies--to reduce the "gap"
between urban and rural living standards--requires continued investment
in the agricultural sector. Finally, as in most countries, changes in
the supply or prices of foodstuffs probably are the most conspicuous and
sensitive economic concerns for the average citizen. The stability of
the country depends on steady, if not rapid, increases in the
availability of food items at reasonable prices. In the early 1990s,
there also were reports of severe food shortages.
The most far-reaching statement on agricultural policy is embodied in
Kim Il Sung's 1964 "Theses on the Socialist Agrarian Question in
Our Country," which underscores the government's concern for
agricultural development. Kim emphasized technological and educational
progress in the countryside as well as collective forms of ownership and
management. As industrialization progressed, the share of agriculture,
forestry, and fisheries in the total national output declined from 63.5
percent and 31.4 percent, respectively, in 1945 and 1946, to a low of
26.8 percent in 1990. Their share in the labor force also declined from
57.6 percent in 1960 to 34.4 percent in 1989.
Resource Development
Resource development in agriculture is a crucial means for increasing
agricultural production, recognizing the unfavorable natural
endowments--topography, climate, and soil. This development consists of
what North Koreans call "nature-remaking" projects. These
projects generally increase the quantity of arable land, and rural
investment projects, which, in turn, increase the yield of the available
land through increased capital and improved technology.
"Nature-remaking" projects include irrigation, flood control,
and land reclamation. Rural investment projects consist of
mechanization, electrification, and "chemicalization"--that
is, the increased use of chemical fertilizers and pesticides.
Despite priority allocation of state funds for heavy industry, North
Korea has achieved considerable success in irrigation since the Korean
War. Irrigation projects began with paddy fields and then continued to
non-paddy fields. Irrigated land increased from 227,000 hectares in 1954
to 1.2 million hectares in 1988. North Korea claimed that paddy field
irrigation was completed by 1970. In 1990 there were more than 1,700
reservoirs throughout the country, watering 1.4 million hectares of
fields with a ramified irrigation network of 40,000 kilometers, which
irrigated about 70 percent of the country's arable land. Water-jetting
irrigation of non-paddy fields was introduced in the 1980s. In 1989
construction began on a 400- kilometer canal by diverting the flow of
the Taedong River along its west coast.
Rural electrification has progressed rapidly. The proportion of
villages supplied with electricity increased from 47 percent in 1953 to
92 percent of all villages by the end of 1961. The process of extending
electrical lines to the rural areas reportedly was completed in 1970.
The annual supply of electricity to the rural areas reached 2.5 billion
kilowatt-hours toward the end of the 1980s.
Mechanization is another agricultural target. By 1984 mechanization
had reached the level of seven tractors per 100 hectares in the plains
and six tractors per 100 hectares in the intermediate and mountainous
areas. The fact that the same tractor ratios are quoted in official
pronouncements of the early 1990s probably indicates that there is no
further improvement in these ratios, and that the planned target of ten
tractors per 100 hectares by the end of the Second Seven-Year Plan in
1984 still has not been met. Given the disappointing output record of
tractors in recent years, it is doubtful that the target of ten to
twelve tractors per 100 hectares will be fulfilled by the end of the
Third Seven-Year Plan in 1993. Nonetheless, North Korea claimed that 95
percent of rice planting was mechanized and that there were 5.5 rice
transplanting machines per 100 hectares of paddy fields in 1990.
Chemical fertilizers receive much government attention and investment
because of their importance for agriculture. Most fertilizers are
produced by the enormous fertilizer plant in H ngnam, which has an
annual capacity of 1 million tons. According to official claims, the
output of 4.7 million tons in 1984 compared with 3 million tons in 1976,
had fulfilled the 1978-84 plan target. Judging from a foreign estimate
of 3.5 million tons in 1990, however, production of chemical fertilizers
has been deteriorating. The Sariwn Potassium Fertilizer Complex, which
has an annual capacity of 3 million tons of potassium feldspar, began
construction in 1988 and when completed is expected to raise the
country's potassium fertilizer capacity to 500,000 tons, aluminum
capacity to 420,000 tons, and cement capacity to 10 million tons per
year. In his 1991 New Year's address, Kim Il Sung noted that the complex
still was under construction.
By 1977 the "chemicalization" process had increased the
average fertilizer application to 1.3 tons per hectare and 1.2 tons per
hectare, respectively, for paddy and non-paddy fields, and the 1984
target of two tons per hectare was claimed to have been achieved. The
target of the Third Seven-Year Plan is to increase the rate to 2.5 tons.
In a 1991 "advisory note" addressing the North Korean economy
for the years 1992-96, the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP),
the only international agency resident in P'yongyang, warned that the
practice of intensive chemicalization has led to land degradation--that
is, declining soil fertility, falling organic matter content, erosion
and soil acidification, and water pollution, with resulting
environmental damage.
The objectives of the "nature-remaking program" launched in
1976 are to complete the irrigation of non-paddy lands, to reclaim
100,000 hectares of new land, to build 150,000 hectares to 200,000
hectares of terraced fields, to reclaim tidal land, and to conduct
afforestation and water conservation projects. The reclamation of 6,200
hectares of tideland at Taedong Bay was underway as part of the 1987-93
plan to reclaim a total of 300,000 hectares of tidal land. The largest
land reclamation scheme, the West Sea Barrage, involves an
eight-kilometer-long sea wall across the Taedong River, and was
completed in June 1986. The multipurpose project, five years in
construction at a reported cost of US$4 billion, consists of a main dam,
three locks, and thirty-six sluices, and reportedly was the longest dam
in the world as of 1992.
Production and Distribution of Crops and Livestock
The total cropland of about 2.2 million hectares is overwhelmingly
planted with grains, of which rice accounted for 30.1 percent in
1989-90. Official data on cropland distribution and agricultural
production are scanty, and there are discrepancies in the methods of
calculating the weight of rice (husked or unhusked). North Korea claims
to have produced 10 million tons of grains in 1984. The grain output in
1989 was estimated at 12.04 million tons by the Food and Agriculture
Organization (FAO) of the United Nations. In 1989 the output of the two
most important crops, rice and corn, was estimated at 6.4 million tons
and 3 million tons, respectively. The output of potatoes was 2.05
million tons in 1989. Other important crops are wheat, barley, millet,
sorghum, oats, and rye. Corn grows in most areas, except for parts of
Yanggang and North Hamgyng provinces. Barley and wheat are cultivated
mostly in both Hwanghae provinces and in South P'yngan Province. Rice is
exported, but other grains, such as wheat, are imported. P'yongyang's
goal is to increase the grain output to 15 million tons by 1993.
Major rice production centers are located in the provinces of North
and South Hwanghae and in the provinces of North and South P'yngan.
North Korea's climate precludes double-cropping of rice in most areas,
and different methods had to be devised to increase productivity. One
method is to use cold-bed seeding, a process that enables farmers to
begin rice growing before the regular season by planting seedlings in
protected, dry beds.
Fruits, vegetables, and livestock also are important, particularly
around cities and in upland areas unsuited to grain cultivation. Fruit
orchards are concentrated in both Hamgyng provinces, South P'yngan
Province, and South Hwanghae Province. Soybeans, whose output was around
450,000 tons toward the end of the 1980s, are raised in many parts of
the country, but primarily in South P'yngan Province.
The post-Korean War trend of increasing the share of livestock in the
total value of agricultural output continued during the 1980s, judging
from the steady growth, which outpaced grain production. Cattle are
raised in the mountainous parts of the two P'yngan provinces, and sheep
and goats are kept in the rugged areas of the two Hamgyng provinces and
in Yanggang and Kangwn provinces. Pigs and poultry, probably the most
important types of livestock, are raised near P'yongyang and in North
P'yngan and South Hwanghae provinces. The government is particularly
proud of its large chicken farms.
According to a 1988 agreement with the UNDP, North Korea was to
receive livestock aid from the UNDP, along with assistance in
modernizing vegetable farms, fruit production and storage, rice
cultivation, and construction of a fish farm and soil and plant
experimental stations. A rice nursery and a vegetable research institute
began operation in March 1991. The Third Seven-Year Plan called for
attaining an annual output of 1.7 million tons of meat, 7 billion eggs,
and 2 million tons of fruit by 1993.
In the early 1990s, there were persistent reports of severe food
shortages as a result of several years of consecutive crop failures,
coupled with distribution problems that had serious consequences for
food rationing. An indirect admission of food shortages came in Kim Il
Sung's 1992 New Year's address, in which he defined 1992 as the
"year of put-greater-efforts-into- agriculture" in order to
provide the population with sufficient food.
Organization and Management
Efforts to increase agricultural production include a variety of
experiments with land tenure, farm organization, and managerial
techniques. Following a typical communist pattern, land initially was
redistributed to tillers in a sweeping land reform in 1946 soon after
the communists took over the country. By 1958 private farming, which
ironically was given a boost by land reform, was completely
collectivized.
The Land Reform Act of March 1946 had, in the remarkably short period
of one month, abolished tenancy and confiscated and redistributed more
than 1 million hectares of land. The government reallocated most of the
land formerly owned by the Japanese colonists and all properties
exceeding five hectares to individual farming households. The number of
peasant holdings increased dramatically, but the average size of
individual holdings dropped from 2.4 hectares to 1.4 hectares. It was
difficult to determine the effect of such massive land distribution on
production because the Korean War interrupted farming in the early
1950s. The reform, however, was quickly replaced by a drive for
collectivization.
During the 1954-58 transition period, farm holdings went through
three progressively collective phases: "permanent mutualaid
teams," "semisocialist cooperatives," and "complete
socialist cooperatives." In the final stage, all land and farm
implements are owned collectively by the members of each cooperative.
The pace of collectivization quickened during 1956, and by the end of
that year about 80 percent of all farmland was cooperatively owned. By
the time this process was completed in August 1958, more than 13,300
cooperatives with an average of eighty households and 130 hectares of
land dotted the countryside. Only two months later, however, the
government increased the size of the average cooperative to 300
households managing 500 hectares of land through consolidation of all
farms in each ri, or ni (village, the lowest
administrative unit) into one. As a result, the number of cooperatives
decreased but their average size increased. Judging from the timing of
the consolidation of farms, this sudden decision to increase the size of
the cooperatives appears to have been influenced by the introduction of
communes in China. Newly consolidated farms established and operated
such nonagricultural institutions as clinics, rest homes, day nurseries,
schools, and community dining halls.
Each cooperative farm elects a management committee to oversee all
aspects of farm activity, including retail services and marketing, and
the local party committee closely supervises its management. The party
committee chairman usually is the vice chairman of the management
committee. Within the management committee, an auditing unit wields the
most power and controls the management of farm accounts, work points,
cooperative shops, and credit facilities. Auditors report to the plenary
session of the management committee as well as to county authorities.
The basic unit of production and accounting on the cooperative farm
is the work team, which is further divided into subteams. Most
cooperatives have several agricultural work teams and at least one
animal husbandry work team. In some cooperatives, work teams or subteams
specialize in vegetable farming, sericulture, fruit cultivation,
aquaculture, or other activities. Work is allocated to teams and
subteams according to physical ability. Most able-bodied men and women
are assigned to rice growing units, which require the most effort. Wages
are distributed in both cash and kind.
State farms are considered the more ideologically
"advanced" agricultural organizations. Both the means of
production and output are state owned, and farmers receive standardized
wages on the basis of an eight-hour workday rather than shares of
production. Managers of state farms, appointed by the state farm bureau
of the national-level Agricultural Committee, run the farms as if they
were industrial enterprises. State farms often are coterminous with a
county and are model farms that experiment with new cropping methods or
specialize in livestock or fruit production. Their larger scale allows
for greater mechanization, and their output per worker is undoubtedly
higher because their operations are more efficient than those of the
rural cooperative farms. State farms attempt to integrate all county
agricultural and industrial activities into one complementary and
integrated management system. Utilizing about 10 percent of the
country's total cropland, they contribute about 20 percent of total
agricultural output. Kim Il Sung often stresses the need for
transforming agriculture from cooperative ownership to "allpeople
's" or state ownership, but as of 1993 no action had been taken to
change cooperative farms to state farms.
Dissatisfied with low levels of agricultural production, the
government developed a new administrative structure to perform for the
rural cooperatives what the management of state farms is supposed to
have accomplished. The county Cooperative Farm Management Committee,
established in 1962, took over all the economic functions of the county
people's committees. The new committee was to bring agricultural
management closer to the ideal "industrial method," by
"the strengthening of technical guidance of production and the
planification and systematization of all management activities of the
enterprise."
The composition of the management committee varies from county to
county, but the staff usually consists of agronomists, technicians,
directors of county agricultural agencies, and, where appropriate,
forestry and fishery agents. The function of the committee is to set
production targets for the cooperatives within its jurisdiction,
allocate resources and materials necessary to achieve these goals, and
monitor the payment of wage shares and the collection of receipts.
County managers report to their counterparts at the provincial-level
Rural Management Committee, who in turn direct all their reports to the
General Bureau for Cooperative Farm Guidance at the national-level
Agricultural Committee.
In spite of lagging agricultural output, there have been no
significant changes in the agricultural organization and management
system in place since the early 1960s. Furthermore, as exemplified by
Kim Il Sung's exhortation to strengthen the application of the
Ch'ongsan-ni Method of farming, no fundamental changes in the
agricultural incentive system have been introduced. The strategy for
achieving greater agricultural production continues to emphasize
"industrialization" of agriculture through increased
irrigation, fertilizer use, and mechanization while maintaining the
existing administrative, management, and incentive systems.
<>
Forestry
<>
Fisheries
North Korea
North Korea - Forestry
North Korea
North Korea's forests have a variety of trees and other plant life.
Predominant trees include larch, poplar, oak, alder, pine, spruce, and
fir. In the early 1990s, approximately 80 percent of the total area of
the country, or 9.4 million hectares, was made up of forests and
woodlands; over 70 percent of these reserves were in the mountainous
Hamgyng provinces, and in Yanggang and Chagang provinces. Much of this
area was severely damaged by overcutting during the last years of
Japanese colonial rule and by the effects of the Korean War. The
government has promoted afforestation projects to make up for these
losses, and during the First Seven-Year Plan an estimated 914,000
hectares were planted, with an average of 2,900 trees per hectare. In
the early 1970s, however, the rate of afforestation dropped to about
10,000 hectares per year.
Timber production was estimated at 600,000 cubic meters in 1977,
basically unchanged since the late 1960s. In 1987, however, timber
production was estimated at 3 million cubic meters. The amount of
fuelwood available for rural households increased by 11 percent from
1970 to 1977, when approximately 4.6 million cubic meters were used for
heating.
The Ministry of Forestry was established in 1980 to oversee the
development of the forestry industry. The ministry sent agents to the
county level to manage the rotation of harvest and replanting. Since the
1980s, almost no official quantitative information on forestry has been
forthcoming. The government failed to mention the performance of the
forestry sector in its report on the fulfillment of the Second
Seven-Year Plan, and the Third Seven-Year Plan does not even contain any
reference to forestry.
North Korea
North Korea - Fisheries
North Korea
North Korea's coastline of about 2,495 kilometers, mixture of warm
and cold ocean currents, and many rivers, lakes, and streams make its
potential for fishery development better than for most other countries.
Not until the early 1960s, however, did the domestic fishing industry
begin to expand rapidly, receiving increased investment in vessels,
equipment, and port facilities. Total marine products increased from
465,000 tons in 1960 to 1.14 million tons in 1970, registering an annual
growth rate of 9.4 percent compared with the planned rate of 14.5
percent. The SixYear Plan target of 1.6 million tons was met in 1976, as
was the target of 3.5 million tons for the Second Seven-Year Plan in
1984. The output target for the Third Seven-Year Plan was 11 million
tons by 1993, including a catch of 3 million tons of fish. With an
estimated total output of 1.5 million tons in 1990, down from 1.6
million tons in 1989, it is highly unlikely that the 1993 target for
marine products will be met.
The major fishing grounds are in the coastal areas of the Sea of
Japan, or East Sea, to the east and the Yellow Sea to the west. Deep-sea
fishing began in earnest in the 1970s. The principal catch from the Sea
of Japan is pollack, a favorite fish of most Koreans; sardine and squid
catches also are significant. From the west coast, yellow covina and
hairtail are the most common varieties of fish. Deep-sea catches include
herring, mackerel, pike, and yellowtail. The main fishery ports are
Sinp'o, Kimch'aek and the nearby deep-sea fishery bases of Yanghwa and
Hongwn. Most large-scale storage and canning facilities also are located
on the east coast. Besides the fishery stations, smaller fishery
cooperatives are located along both coasts in traditional fishing
centers. Aquaculture and freshwater fishing take place on regular
cooperative farms.
In order to expand marine products, the Third Seven-Year Plan calls
for modernizing the fishery industry. Specifically, the plan urges
increasing the numbers of 14,000-ton class processing ships, 3,750-ton
class stern-trawlers, and 1,000-ton and 480-ton class fishing vessels,
as well as generally increasing the size of vessels. The government also
called for widespread introduction of modern fishing implements and
rationalizing the fishery labor system. Improvements also are slated for
expanding and modernizing the cold-storage and processing facilities in
order to facilitate speedy processing of catches. The slow progress in
state investment, combined with the shortages of oil, are the main
factors in the disappointing record of marine output in the late 1980s
and early 1990s.
North Korea
North Korea - ENERGY
North Korea
An abundance of coal and water resources has allowed North Korea to
build a well-developed electrical power network. North Korea's
preeminence as an energy producer began during the Japanese occupation
with the Sup'ung Hydroelectric Plant, located in the northwest; at the
time the plant was the largest of its kind in Asia. North Korea supplied
more than 90 percent of the electricity in the Korean Peninsula before
partition.
Since the 1970s, the country has increasingly turned to coal as an
energy source. Compared with hydroelectrical plants, coalbased thermal
plants can be built at locations near industrial and population centers
at lower initial costs, require shorter construction time, and are not
subject to instability arising from periods of drought.
Thermal plants tend to be less efficient and have higher operating
costs. North Korea's installed generating capacity was estimated at 7.14
million kilowatts in 1990, with 60 percent-- 4.29 million
kilowatts--from hydropower and the remainder from thermal sources. With
output estimated at 50 billion kilowatthours (Kwh) and 55 billion Kwh,
in 1984 and 1988, respectively, the Second Seven-Year Plan target of 56
billion Kwh to 60 billion Kwh had not yet been fulfilled five years
after the plan had ended. It is therefore unlikely that the 1993 target
of 100 billion Kwh will be realized.
The only oil-fired thermal plant is at Unggi, near the Russian
border. The 200-megawatt plant receives its fuel oil from the nearby
Unggi refinery, which uses crude petroleum imported from Russia.
In the early 1990s, many power plants were under construction,
including the T'aech'n power station, in the northwest, reportedly to be
the largest hydroelectric plant in North Korea when completed. Other
large-scale projects include the Kmgang-san, Hch'n, Nam-gang, Kmyagang,
and Orang-ch'on plants. In addition, thermal power plants such as the
East P'yongyang Power Plant and the Hamh ng Power Plant were under
construction in the early 1990s. Four large hydroelectric plants- -some
built with Chinese aid--are situated along the Yalu River; they supply
power jointly to both countries.
In 1986 the Soviet Union announced that it was building a
1,760-megawatt nuclear power plant in North Korea. According to South
Korean sources, the construction of the plant began in 1990 in the
Sinp'o District. Completion of the plant, originally targeted for 1992,
is in doubt because of pressure exerted by the International Atomic
Energy Agency (IAEA)
and termination of assistance from the former Soviet Union, which is
burdened with its own economic difficulties. Wood-burning is still
significant for domestic heating and related purposes.
There are no domestic oil reserves. The capacity of North Korea's two
oil refineries totals 4.5 million tons a year. Oil is imported from
China and the Soviet Union by pipeline, and from Iran by sea. Because
both Russia and China have insisted on hard currency payments at
international prices for oil since 1991, Iran is becoming the major oil
source under a 1989 agreement to supply 40,000 barrels of oil per day.
North Korea
North Korea - FOREIGN ECONOMIC RELATIONS
North Korea
Foreign economic relations have been shaped largely by chuch'e
ideology and the development strategy of building a virtually autarkic
economy. These factors have led to an inward-looking and
import-substituting trade policy, which has resulted in a small scale of
foreign trade and a chronic trade deficit. North Korea's main trade
partners have been communist countries, principally the Soviet Union and
China, and Japan has been a major trading partner since the 1960s.
Although still adhering to the basic principle of selfreliance ,
P'yongyang is flexible in its application whenever the economic need
arises. After the Korean War, North Korea received a substantial amount
of economic aid from communist countries for reconstructing its war-torn
economy. In the early 1970s, the country accepted a massive infusion of
advanced machinery and equipment from Western Europe and Japan in an
effort to modernize its economy and to catch up with South Korea. By the
late 1980s, P'yongyang had moved towards making exporting a priority in
order to garner foreign exchange so as to be able to import advanced
technologies needed for industrial growth and to pay for oil imports.
The most recent and important manifestation of a flexible and
practical application of self-reliance--prompted by severe economic
difficulties--is the gradual move toward an open-door policy. This
policy shift, which involves North Korea's attitudes toward foreign
trade, tourism, direct foreign investment, joint ventures, and economic
cooperation with South Korea, has the potential to significantly change
the country's foreign economic relations.
The importance of trading with Western developed countries was
expounded by Kim Il Sung as early as 1975. The origin of the open-door
policy, however, was Kim Il Sung's 1979 New Year's address, in which he
mentioned the need to expand foreign trade rapidly in order to meet the
requirements of an expanding economy. Kim publicly alluded to some
serious problems impeding North Korean exports, exhorting the population
to adhere to a reliability-first principle: improving product quality,
strictly meeting delivery dates, and expanding harbor facilities and the
number of cargo vessels. In his 1980 New Year's address, Kim repeated
this theme and announced that foreign trade had increased 30 percent in
1979 over 1978. This speech marked the first time in a decade that trade
statistics had been made public--even in this limited and relative form.
Unexpectedly and uncharacteristically, North Korea joined the UNDP in
1979 and accepted US$8.85 million in technical assistance. This action
was further evidence of a small opening to outside economic involvement.
The year 1984 was the benchmark in officially launching the open-door
policy. The Supreme People's Assembly's policy statement, entitled
"For Strengthening South-South Cooperation and External Economic
Work and Further Developing Foreign Trade," stressed the need to
expand economic relations with the developing world as well as to
promote economic and technical cooperation with advanced industrial
countries. The document also repeated the export bottlenecks listed by
Kim in his 1979 and 1980 New Year's addresses. North Korea indicated its
readiness to accept direct foreign investment by enacting a joint
venture law in 1984. And, since 1986, the country has begun to encourage
tourism by accepting some tour groups from the West.
The most far-reaching change in foreign economic relations occurred
in 1988 when North Korea began to trade with South Korea. Inter-Korean
trade has grown rapidly, and by 1993 the two Koreas expanded into joint
ventures and other forms of economic cooperation. North Korea's
readiness to open its economy to the West and to South Korea is, no
doubt, prompted by its need to import sophisticated Western industrial
equipment, plants, and up-to-date technologies in order to modernize and
jump-start the economy, and to catch up with South Korea. Given its
sizable foreign debt, sagging exports, and the dissolution of the Soviet
Union, its largest trade partner, North Korea does not have much choice
and recognizes the need to revise its trade laws so as to encourage
foreign investment.
<>
Economic Assistance
North Korea
North Korea - Economic Assistance
North Korea
Economic assistance from communist countries plays an important role
in securing resources for economic development. Estimates vary, but it
is likely that the equivalent of US$4.75 billion of aid was accepted
between 1946 and 1984. Almost 46 percent of the assistance came from the
Soviet Union, followed by China with about 18 percent, and the rest from
East European communist countries. Most of the assistance--about two-thirds--was in the
form of loans; the rest were outright grants. Understandably, grants
dominated in the years immediately after the Korean War, but
subsequently loans became the predominant form of aid. Whereas in 1954
aid receipts made up one-third of national revenues, by 1960 foreign
assistance had dropped to less than 3 percent of total revenues.
Officially, declining foreign aid in the 1960s was blamed for being
partly responsible for poor economic performance during the First
Seven-Year Plan. In the 1970s, loans (for importing Western machinery
and plants) from Japan and Western Europe were larger than those from
communist countries. Grants, terminated since the 1960s, were restored
when China gave approximately US$300 million between 1978 and 1984. In
November 1990, China reportedly promised North Korea economic aid
amounting to US$150 million over five years, largely made up of
deliveries of grain and oil. North Korea receives no multilateral
economic assistance other than from the UNDP.
Between 1949 and 1990, the Soviet Union helped North Korea build or
rehabilitate 170 large plants in sectors such as power, mining, ferrous
and non-ferrous metals, chemicals, construction materials, oil-refining,
machinery, textiles, food, transportation, and communications. During
the same period, these plants reportedly produced about 60 percent of
all electric power, 40 percent of steel and rolled steel, 50 percent of
oil products, 10 percent of coke, 13 percent of fertilizers, 19 percent
of fabrics, and 40 percent of iron ore. Soviet assistance also was
important in the construction of expanded port facilities at Najin. In
addition, a total of 6,000 Soviet engineers and experts were sent to
North Korea to train 20,000 Korean workers and 2,000 North Koreans
received technical training in the Soviet Union.
Beginning in the late 1970s, Soviet assistance began to take the form
of output-sharing ventures. Enterprises under these ventures include an
enamel wire plant, a small electric motor plant, a car battery plant, a
cold rolled steel shop, and a hot rolled steel shop at the Kimch'aek
Integrated Iron and Steel Works. Under a buy-back arrangement, Soviet
assistance for constructing industrial projects was paid for with
commodities produced at the plants.
There were reports in 1978 that approximately 10,000 Chinese laborers
were working on construction projects. Chinese workers had assisted in
the construction of the Sup'ung and Unbong hydroelectric power stations,
from which China also drew electricity.
In spite of its domestic economic difficulties, North Korea also is
an aid donor on a fairly modest scale. Between 1980 and 1989, North
Korea provided a total of approximately US$26.4 million in aid to Third
World countries, of which almost 74 percent went to African countries in
the form of technical agricultural assistance.
North Korea
North Korea - GOVERNMENT
North Korea
THE DEMOCRATIC PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF KOREA (DPRK, or North Korea) was
liberated from Japanese colonial rule by the Soviet Union at the end of
World War II (1939-45). When Kim Il Sung, born April 15, 1912, returned
to North Korea from the Soviet Union where he and his guerrillas had
been based from 1941-45, the Soviet occupation forces in the northern
part of the country presented him to the North Korean people as a hero.
In mid-1993 Kim Il Sung was general secretary of North Korea's ruling
party and president of the state.
North Korea is a classic example of the "rule of man."
Overall, political management is highly personalized and is based on
loyalty to Kim Il Sung and the Korean Workers' Party (KWP). The cult of
personality, the nepotism of the Kim family, and the strong influence of
former anti-Japanese partisan veterans and military leaders are unique
features of North Korean politics.
Kim Il Sung's eldest son Kim Jong Il, born February 16, 1942, is a
secretary of the KWP Central Committee Secretariat and chairman of the
National Defense Commission. On December 24, 1991, Kim Jong Il succeeded
his father as commander of the Korean People's Army.
In addition, as of mid-1993, Kim Il Sung's wife, Kim Song-ae, was a
member of the KWP Central Committee, a member of the Standing Committee
of the Supreme People's Assembly, a deputy to the assembly, and
chairwoman of the Korean Democratic Women's Union Central Committee. Kim
Il Sung's daughter, Kim Kyong-hui, was a member of the KWP Central
Committee and deputy to the Supreme People's Assembly (SPA), and his
son-in-law, Chang Songtaek , was premier and a candidate member of the
KWP Central Committee and deputy to the SPA. Kang Song-san, Kim Il
Sung's cousin by marriage, was premier and a member of the KWP Central
Committee and Political Bureau, deputy to the SPA, and member of the
state Central People's Committee (CPC). The late Ho Tam, who died in
1991, was Kim Il Sung's brother-in-law, a member of the KWP Central
Committee and Political Bureau, chairman of the SPA Foreign Affairs
Committee, deputy to the SPA, and chairman of the Committee for the
Peaceful Reunification of the Fatherland.
Although the Korean communist party dates from the 1920s, North Korea
claims that the KWP was founded by Kim Il Sung in 1945. Since that time,
North Korea has been under the one-party rule of the KWP. The party is
by far North Korea's most politically significant entity; its
preeminence in all spheres of society places it beyond the reach of
dissent or disagreement. Party membership is composed of the
"advanced fighters" among North Korea's working people:
workers, peasants, and working intellectuals who struggle devotedly for
the success of the socialist and communist cause. The KWP claimed a
membership of "over three million" people in 1988. The ruling
elite considers KWP members the major mobilizing and developmental
cadres. In principle, every worker, peasant, soldier, and revolutionary
element can join the party. Among KWP members, however, the military has
a major political role, and all key military leaders have prestigious
positions in top party organs.
The political system originally was patterned after the Soviet model.
The party is guided by the concept of chuch'e --"national
self-reliance" in all activities. The essence of chuch'e
is to apply creatively the general principles of Marxism and Leninism in
the North Korean way (woorisik-dero salja). Chuch'e is
a response to past political economic dependence. As historian DaeSook
Suh has noted, chuch'e is "not the philosophical
exposition of an abstract idea; rather it is firmly rooted in the North
Korean people and Kim Il Sung."
In the decades since the departure of Soviet occupation forces in
1948, and as the party leadership gradually has grown more confident in
its management of various problems, the system has been somewhat
modified in response to specific domestic circumstances. In April 1992,
North Korea promulgated an amended constitution that deleted Marxism and
Leninism as principal national ideas and emphasized chuch'e.
The constitutional revisions also granted supreme military power to the
chairman of the National Defense Commission, Kim Il Sung.
Another salient feature of the country's political system is
glorification of Kim Il Sung's authority and cult of personality. Kim
uses the party and the government to consolidate his power. He is
addressed by many honorary titles: the "great leader," the son
of the nation, national hero, liberator, and the fatherly leader.
According to the party, there can be no greater honor or duty than being
loyal to him "absolutely and unconditionally." Kim's executive
power is not checked by any constitutional provision. The party's
principal concern is to ensure strict popular compliance with the
policies of Kim Il Sung and the party; such compliance implants an
appearance of institutional imprimatur on Kim's highly personalized and
absolute rule. Politics as a function of competition for power by
aspiring groups and promotion of the interests of special groups is not
germane to the North Korean setting.
Personalism centers on Kim Il Sung, but he has been gradually
preparing Kim Jong Il as heir apparent since 1971. Between 1971 and
1980, Kim Jong Il was given positions of increasing importance in the
KWP hierarchy. Since the Sixth Party Congress in October 1980, Kim Jong
Il's succession has been consolidated with his phased assumption of
control over the civil administration, followed by his designation as
supreme commander of the Korean People's Army in December 1991.
<> GOVERNMENT AND THE PARTY
<>ORGANIZATION OF THE GOVERNMENT
<>THE ROLE OF CHUCH'E
<>
PARTY LEADERSHIP AND ELITE RECRUITMENT
<>
LEADERSHIP SUCCESSION
<>
MASS ORGANIZATIONS
<>
THE MEDIA
<>
FOREIGN POLICY
North Korea
North Korea - GOVERNMENT AND THE PARTY
North Korea
As of the early 1990s, the philosophy underlying the relationship
between the government and the party had not changed since independence.
Government organs are regarded as executors of the general line and
policies of the party. They are expected to implement the policies and
directives of the party by mobilizing the masses. All government
officials or functionaries are exhorted to behave as servants of the
people, rather than as overbearing "bureaucrats." The
persistence in party literature of admonitory themes against formalism
strongly suggests that authoritarian bureaucratic behavior remains a
major source of concern to the party leadership. This concern may
explain in part the party's intensified efforts since the early 1970s to
wage an ideological struggle against the bureaucratic work style of
officials. The general trend is toward tightened party control and
supervision of all organs of administrative and economic policy
implementation.
In January 1990, Kim Jong Il introduced the slogan "to serve the
people" and directed party functionaries to mingle with the people
and to devotedly work as faithful servants of the people. Kim said that
the collapse of socialism in some countries is a stern lesson to North
Korea and is related to failures in party building and party activity.
He stressed the importance of reinforcing the party's ideological unity
and cohesion, and elucidated tasks that would strengthen education in
the principle of chuch'e, revolutionary traditional education,
and socialist and patriotic education.
The party is the formulator of national purpose, priorities, and
administrative hierarchy. It is the central coordinator of
administrative and economic activities at the national and local levels.
Through its own organizational channels, which permeate all government
and economic agencies, the party continues to oversee administrative
operations and enforce state discipline. Without exception, key
government positions are filled by party loyalists, most of whom are
trained in the North Korean system, which emphasizes ideology and
practical expertise.
<>The Korean Workers' Party (KWP)
<>The Constitution
North Korea
North Korea - The Korean Workers' Party (KWP)
North Korea
The Korean Workers' Party (KWP) is North Korea's most politically
significant entity. In theory, according to Article 21 of the Rules and
Regulations of the Korean Workers' Party as revised in October 1980
(hereafter referred to as the party rules), the national party congress
is the supreme party organ. The party congress approves reports of the
party organs, adopts basic party policies and tactics, and elects
members to the KWP Central Committee and the Central Auditing Committee.
The election, however, is perfunctory because the members of these
bodies are actually chosen by Kim Il Sung and his few trusted
lieutenants. When the party congress is not in session, the Central
Committee acts as the official agent of the party, according to Article
14 of the party rules. As of September 1992, the KWP had 160 Central
Committee members and 143 Central Committee alternate (candidate)
members. The Central Committee meets at least once every six months.
Article 24 of the party rules stipulates that the Central Committee
elects the general secretary of the party, members of the Political
Bureau Presidium (or the Standing Committee), members of the Political
Bureau (or Politburo), secretaries, members of the Central Military
Commission, and members of the Central Inspection Committee. A party
congress is supposed to be convened every five years, but as of 1993,
one had not been held since the Sixth Party Congress of October 1980.
Party congresses are attended by delegates elected by the members of
provincial-level party assemblies at the ratio of one delegate for every
1,000 party members.
The long-delayed Sixth Party Congress, convened from October 10-14,
1980, was attended by 3,220 party delegates (3,062 full members and 158
alternate members) and 177 foreign delegates from 118 countries.
Approximately 1,800 delegates attended the Fifth Party Congress in
November 1970. The 1980 congress was convened by the KWP Central
Committee to review, discuss, and endorse reports by the Central
Committee, the Central Auditing Committee, and other central organs
covering the activities of these bodies since the last congress.
The Sixth Party Congress reviewed and discussed the report on the
work of the party in the ten years since the Fifth Party Congress. It
also elected a new Central Committee. In his report to the congress, Kim
Il Sung outlined a set of goals and policies for the 1980s. He proposed
the establishment of a Democratic Confederal Republic of Kory as a
reasonable way to achieve the independent and peaceful reunification of
the country. Kim Il Sung also clarified a new ten-point policy for the
unified state and stressed that North Korea and South Korea (the
Republic of Korea, or ROK) should recognize and tolerate each other's
ideas and social systems, that the unified central government should be
represented by P'yongyang and Seoul on an equal footing, and that both
sides should exercise regional autonomy with equal rights and duties.
Specifically, the unified government should respect the social systems
and the wishes of administrative organizations and of every party, every
group, and every sector of people in the North and the South, and
prevent one side from imposing its will on the other.
Kim Il Sung also emphasized the Three
Revolutions, which were aimed at hastening the
process of political and ideological transformation based on chuch'e
ideology, improving the material and technical standards of the economy,
and developing socialist national culture. According to Kim, these
revolutions are the responsibility of the Three
Revolution Team Movement--"a new method of
guiding the revolution, which combined political and ideological
guidance with scientific and technical guidance. This approach enabled
the upper bodies to help the lower levels and rouse masses of the
working people to accelerate the Three Revolutions." The teams
perform their guidance work by sending their members to factories,
enterprises, and cooperative farms. Their members are party cadres,
including those from the KWP Central Committee, reliable officials of
the government, persons from economic and mass organizations, scientists
and technicians, and young intellectuals. Kim Il Sung left no question
that the Three Revolution Team Movement had succeeded the Ch'llima
Movement and would remain the principal vehicle through
which the party pursued its political and economic objectives in the
1980s.
The linkage between party and economic work also was addressed by Kim
Il Sung. In acknowledging the urgent task of economic construction, he
stated that party work should be geared toward efficient economic
construction and that success in party work should be measured by
success in economic construction. Accordingly, party organizations were
told to "push forward economic work actively, give prominence to
economic officials, and help them well." Party officials were also
advised to watch out for signs of independence on the part of
technocrats.
The membership and organization of the KWP are specified in the party
rules. There are two kinds of party members: regular and probationary.
Membership is open to those eighteen years of age and older, but party
membership is granted only to those who have demonstrated their
qualifications; applications are submitted to a cell along with a proper
endorsement from two party members of at least two years in good
standing. The application is acted on by the plenary session of a cell;
an affirmative decision is subject to ratification by a county-level
party committee. A probationary period of one year is mandatory, but may
be waived under certain unspecified "special circumstances."
Recruitment is under the direction of the Organization and Guidance
Department and its local branches. After the application is approved, an
applicant must successfully complete a one-year probationary period
before becoming a full party member.
North Korea
North Korea - The Constitution
North Korea
The constitutions of North Korea have been patterned after those of
other communist states. The constitutional framework delineates a highly
centralized governmental system and the relationship between the people
and the state. On December 27, 1972, the Fifth Supreme People's Assembly
ratified a new constitution to replace the first constitution,
promulgated in 1948. Innovations of the 1972 constitution included the
establishment of the positions of president and vice presidents and a
super-cabinet called the Central People's Committee (CPC). The 1972
constitution was revised in April 1992, and ratified by the Sixth
Supreme People's Assembly. The South Korean press published unofficial
translations of the document in late 1992.
The revised constitution has 171 articles and seven chapters
(twenty-two more and four less, respectively, than the 1972
constitution). Among the more significant changes are the elevation of chuch'e
at the expense of Marxism-Leninism, the removal of references to the
expulsion of foreign troops, and the addition of articles encouraging
joint ventures, guaranteeing the "legitimate rights and interests
of foreigners," and establishing a framework for expanded ties with
capitalist countries. More important, the new constitution provides a
legal framework for the 1991 appointment of Kim Jong Il as supreme
commander of the armed forces by removing the military from the command
of the president and by placing the military under the control of the
National Defense Commission, of which he is chairman.
The eighteen articles of Chapter 1 deal with politics. Article 1
defines North Korea as an independent socialist state representing the
interests of all the Korean people. Article 15 states that the DPRK
defends the democratic, national rights of overseas Koreans and their
legitimate rights under international law. Sovereignty emanates from
four expressly mentioned social groups: workers, peasants, soldiers, and
working intellectuals. State organs are organized on and operate on the
principle of democratic centralism. In a change from the previous
constitution, attaining "the complete victory of socialism in the
northern half" was to be accomplished through the execution of the
three revolutions of ideology, technology and culture, while struggling
to realize unification of the fatherland by following the principles of
independence, peaceful unification, and grand national unity. Previously
socialism was to have been accomplished by driving out foreign forces on
a countrywide scale and by reunifying the country peacefully on a
democratic basis. Other articles in this chapter refer to the mass line,
the Ch'ongsan-ni Method (or Ch'ongsan-ri) and spirit, and the Three Revolution Team Movement. The
constitution states that foreign policy and foreign activities are based
on the principles of independence, peace, and friendship. Diplomatic,
political, economic, and cultural relations are to be established with
all friendly countries based on the principles of complete equality,
independence, mutual respect, noninterference in each other's internal
affairs, and mutual benefit.
In Chapter 2, economic affairs are codified. The constitution
declares that the means of production are owned by state and cooperative
organizations. The text reiterates that natural resources, major
factories and enterprises, harbors, banks, and transportation and
telecommunications establishments are state owned and that land, draft
animals, farm implements, fishing boats, buildings, and small- and
medium-sized factories and enterprises may be owned by cooperative
organizations. Article 24 defines personal property as that for personal
use by the working people for the purpose of consumption and derived
from the "socialist distribution according to work done and from
additional benefits received from the state and society." Benefits
derived from supplementary pursuits, such as the small garden plots of
collectivized farmers, are considered personal property; such benefits
are protected by the state as private property and are guaranteed by law
as a right of inheritance. The planned, national economy is directed and
managed through the Taean
Work System.
Culture, education, and public health are covered in Chapter 3.
Article 45 stipulates that the state develop a mandatory eleven-year
education system, including one year of preschool education. Other articles state that education is provided at no cost and
that scholarships are granted to students enrolled in colleges and
professional schools. Education in nurseries and kindergartens is also
at the state and society's expense. Article 56 notes that medical
service is universal and free. Medical care and the right to education are also
covered in Chapter 5 articles. Article 57 places environmental
protection measures before production; this emphasis is in line with the
attention given to preserving the natural environment and creating a
"cultural and sanitary" living and working environment by
preventing environmental pollution.
Chapter 5 extensively details the fundamental rights and duties of
citizens. Citizens over the age of seventeen may exercise the right to
vote and be elected to office regardless of gender, race, occupation,
length of residency, property status, education, party affiliation,
political views, and religion. Citizens in the armed forces may vote or
to be elected; insane persons and those deprived by court decisions of
the right to vote do not have the right to vote and be elected.
According to Article 67, citizens have freedom of speech, publication,
assembly, demonstration, and association. Citizens also have the right
to work, and Article 70 stipulates that they work according to their
ability and are remunerated according to the quantity and quality of
work performed. Article 71 provides for a system of working hours,
holidays, paid leave, sanitoriums, and rest homes funded by the state,
as well as for cultural facilities. Article 76 accords women equal
social status and rights. Women are also granted maternity leave and
shortened working hours when they have large families. Marriage and the
family are protected by the state.
Chapter 6, entitled "State Institutions," has eighty
articles and eight sections--more sections than any other chapter. The
chapter covers the Supreme People's Assembly, the president of the DPRK,
the National Defense Commission, the Central People's Committee, the
State Administration Council, the local people's assemblies and people's
committees, the local administrative and economic committees, and the
court and the procurator's office. Chapter 7, which covers the national
emblem, the flag, and capital, describes the first two items, designates
P'yongyang as the capital, and names the national anthem. In a change
from the previous constitution, the 1992 revision mandates that
"the sacred mountain of the revolution"--Paektu-san--be added
to the national emblem. It is to stand above the existing symbols: a
hydroelectric power plant, the beaming light of a five-pointed red star,
ovally framed ears of rice bound with a red band, and the inscription
"Democratic People's Republic of Korea."
North Korea
North Korea - ORGANIZATION OF THE GOVERNMENT
North Korea
The Supreme People's Assembly
Although under the constitution the Supreme People's Assembly (SPA)
is "the highest organ of state power," it is not influential
and does not initiate legislation independently of other party and state
organs. Invariably the legislative process is set in motion by executive
bodies according to the predetermined policies of the party leadership.
The assembly is not known to have ever criticized, modified, or rejected
a bill or a measure placed before it, or to have proposed an alternative
bill or measure.
The constitution provides for the SPA to be elected every five years
by universal suffrage. Article 88 indicates that legislative power is
exercised by the SPA and the Standing Committee of the SPA when the
assembly is not in session. Elections to the Ninth Supreme People's
Assembly were held in April 1990, with 687 deputies, or representatives,
elected. The KWP approves a single list of candidates who stand for
election without opposition. Deputies usually meet once a year in
regular sessions in March or April, but since 1985 they have also met
occasionally in extraordinary sessions in November or December. Sessions
are convened by the assembly's Standing Committee, whose chairman as of
1992 was Yang Hyong-sop (also a full member of the KWP Central Committee
and a vice chairman of the Committee for the Peaceful Reunification of
the Fatherland). Assembly members are elected by the deputies, as are
the chairman and vice chairmen. The assembly also has five committees:
Bills, Budget, Foreign Affairs, Qualifications Screening, and
Reunification Policy Deliberation.
Article 91 states that the assembly has the authority to adopt or
amend the constitution, laws, and ordinances; formulate the basic
principles of domestic and foreign policies; elect or recall the
president of the state and other top officials of the government;
approve the state economic plan and national budget; and decide whether
to ratify or abrogate treaties and questions of war and peace. Matters
deliberated are submitted by the president, the Central People's
Committee, the assembly's Standing Committee, the State Administration
Council (the cabinet), or individual deputies.
Assembly decisions are made by a simple majority and signified by a
show of hands. Deputies, each representing a constituency of
approximately 30,000 persons, are guaranteed inviolability and immunity
from arrest. Between assembly sessions, the Standing Committee does
legislative work; this body may also interpret and amend the laws and
ordinances in force, conduct the election of deputies to the SPA,
organize the election of deputies to local legislative bodies, conduct
election of deputies to the SPA, convene sessions of the SPA and
people's assessors or lay judges, and elect or recall judges of the
Central Court.
The Executive Branch
The President and Vice Presidents
The president is the head of state and the head of government in his
capacity as chairman of the Central People's Committee (CPC). The
president is elected every four years by the SPA. The title
"president" (chusk) was adopted in the 1972
constitution. Before 1972 an approximate equivalent of the presidency
was the chairmanship of the Standing Committee of the SPA. The
constitution has no provisions for removing, recalling, or impeaching
the president, or for limiting the number of terms of service. On May
24, 1990, the SPA unanimously reelected Kim Il Sung to a fifth
presidential term.
Presidential powers are stated only in generalities. The chief
executive convenes and guides the State Administration Council as
occasion demands. Under the 1972 constitution, he was also the supreme
commander of the armed forces and chairman of the National Defense
Commission--although Kim Il Sung appointed his son to the former
position in December 1991 and to the latter position in April 1993. The
president's prior assent is required for all laws, decrees, decisions,
and directives. The president's edicts command the force of law more
authoritatively than any other legislation. The president promulgates
the laws and ordinances of the SPA; the decisions of the Standing
Committee of the SPA; and the laws, ordinances, and decisions of the
CPC. The president also grants pardons, ratifiers or abrogates treaties,
and receives foreign envoys or requests their recall. No one serves in
top government posts without the president's recommendation. Even the
judiciary and the procurators are accountable to Kim Il Sung.
The constitution states that two vice presidents "assist"
the president, but it does not elaborate a mode of succession. As of
July 1992, Pak Sng-ch'l (elected in 1977) and Yi Chong-k (elected in
1984) were vice presidents of North Korea.
The Central People's Committee
The top executive decision-making body is the Central People's
Committee (CPC) created under the 1972 constitution. Seven articles in
the 1992 constitution relate to the CPC. The president of the DPRK is
the head of the CPC; it is also composed of the vice presidents, the CPC
secretary, and unspecified "members." The term is the same as
that for the SPA. All CPC members are elected by the SPA and can be
recalled by the assembly on presidential recommendation. Inasmuch as CPC
members overlap with the top-ranking members of the party's Political
Bureau, the CPC provides the highest visible institutional link between
the government and the party and serves in effect as a de facto
super-cabinet.
The CPC's formal powers are all-inclusive. Among its responsibilities
are formulating domestic and foreign policies, directing the work of the
State Administration Council and its local organs, directing the
judiciary, ensuring the enforcement of the constitution and other laws,
appointing or removing the vice premiers and cabinet members,
establishing or changing administrative subdivisions or their
boundaries, and ratifying or abolishing treaties signed with foreign
countries. The CPC also may issue decrees, decisions, and instructions.
The CPC oversees nine commissions: economic policy, foreign policy,
internal policy, justice and security, legislative, national defense,
parliamentary group, state inspection, and state price fixing. The
members of these commissions are appointed by the CPC. The National
Defense Commission's vice chairmen (an unspecified number) are elected
by the SPA on the recommendation of the president, who also is chairman
of the commission.
The State Administration Council
Since 1972 the highest administrative arm of the government has been
the State Administration Council. From 1948 to 1972, the cabinet was the
highest level of the executive branch. The 1972 constitution changed the
name and role of the cabinet. The newly named State Administration
Council has a similar function to that of the cabinet, but is directed
by the president and the CPC. The State Administration Council is
composed of the premier (chong-ri), vice premiers (bochong-ri),
ministers (boojang), committee chairmen, and other
cabinet-level members of central agencies. Among its duties, the council
is responsible for foreign affairs, national defense, public order and
safety, economic and industrial affairs, general government operation,
concluding treaties with foreign countries and conducting external
affairs, and safeguarding the rights of the people. It also has the
power to countermand decisions and directives issued by subordinate
organs. The formulation of state economic development plans and measures
for implementing them, the preparation of the state budget, and the
handling of other monetary and fiscal matters also are under the
council's jurisdiction.
As of mid-1993, the State Administration Council, headed by Premier
Kang Song-san since December 1992, had ten vice premiers. Vice premiers
often concurrently are ministers or chairpersons of cabinet-level
commissions. Under the premier and vice premiers, there are ministries,
commissions, and other bodies of the State Administration Council.
Governmental responsibilities that require coordination and a close
working relationship among two or more ministries are generally placed
under a commission, whose chairman usually holds the title of vice
premier.
The Judiciary
In the North Korean judicial process, both adjudicative and
prosecuting bodies function as powerful weapons for the proletarian
dictatorship. The constitution states that justice is administered by
the central court, provincial- or special-city level courts, the
people's court, or special courts.
The Central Court, the highest court of appeal, stands at the apex of
the court system. As of July 1992, it had two associate chief judges, or
vice presidents--Choe Yong-song and Hyon Hongsam . Pang Hak Se, who died
in July 1992, had been chief judge, or president, since 1972. In the
case of special cities directly under central authority, provincial or
municipal courts serve as the courts of first instance for civil and
criminal cases at the intermediate level. At the lowest level are the
people's courts, established in ordinary cities, counties, and urban
districts. Special courts exist for the armed forces and for railroad
workers. The military courts have jurisdiction over all crimes committed
by members of the armed forces or security organs of the Ministry of
Public Security. The railroad courts have jurisdiction over criminal
cases involving rail and water transport workers. In addition, the
Korean Maritime Arbitration Committee adjudicates maritime legal
affairs.
Judges and people's assessors, or lay judges, are elected by the
organs of state power at their corresponding levels, those of the
Central Court by the SPA's Standing Committee, and those of the lower
courts by the provincial- and county-level people's assemblies. Neither
legal education nor practical legal experience is required for
judgeship. In addition to administering justice based on criminal and
civil codes, the courts are in charge of political indoctrination
through "reeducation." The issue of punishment is not
expressly stated in the constitution or the criminal code.
The collective interests of the workers, peasants, soldiers, and
working intellectuals are protected by a parallel hierarchy of organs
controlled at the top by the Central Procurator's Office. This office
acts as the state's prosecutor and checks on the activities of all
public organs and citizens to ensure their compliance with the laws and
their "active struggle against all lawbreakers." Its authority
extends to the courts, the decisions of which (including those of the
Central Court) are subject to routine scrutiny. A judgment of the
Central Court may be appealed to the plenary session of the Central
Court, of which the state's chief prosecutor is a statutory member.
The chief prosecutor, known as the procurator general, is appointed
by and accountable in theory, though not in fact, to the SPA. As of
mid-1993, the procurator general was Yi Yong-sp. There are three deputy
procurators general.
Local Government
There are three levels of local government: province (do)
and special province-level municipalities (chikalsi, or jikhalsi)
(see Glossary); ordinary cities (si), urban districts (kuyk),
and counties (gun, or kun); and traditional villages (ri,
or ni). Towns and townships (myn) no longer functioned
as administrative units in North Korea after the Korean War, but still
exist in South Korea. At the village level, administrative and economic
matters are the responsibility of the chairman of the cooperative farm
management committee in each village.
As of mid-1993, there were nine provinces: Changang, North Hamgyng,
and South Hamgyng, North Hwanghae and South Hwanghae, Kangwn, North
P'yngan and South P'yngan, and Yanggang; three special provincial-level
cities: Kaesng, Namp'o, and P'yongyang, municipalities under central
authority; seventeen ordinary cities under provincial authority;
thirty-six urban districts; over 200 counties; and some 4,000 villages.
Among these divisions, the counties serve as the intermediate
administrative link between provincial authorities and the
grass-roots-level village organizations. Local organs at the county
level provide other forms of guidance to such basic units as blocks and
workers' districts (nodongja-ku).
Three types of local organs elect local officials to carry out
centrally planned policies and programs: KWP local committees, local
people's assemblies, and local administrative committees (such as local
administration, economic guidance, and rural economic committees). These
committees are local extensions of the three higher bodies at the
national level: the Supreme People's Assembly, the Central People's
Committee, and the State Administration Council.
The local people's assemblies, established at all administrative
levels, perform the same symbolic functions as the SPA. They provide a
fa�ade of popular support and involvement and serve as a vehicle
through which loyal and meritorious local inhabitants are given visible
recognition as deputies to the assemblies. The assemblies meet once or
twice a year for only a few days at each session. Their duties are to
approve the plan for local economic development and the local budget; to
elect the officers of other local bodies, including the judges and
people's assessors of the courts within their jurisdictions; and to
review the decisions and directives issued by local organs at their
corresponding and lower levels. The local people's assemblies have no
standing committees. Between regular sessions, their duties are
performed by the local people's committees, whose members are elected by
assemblies at corresponding levels and are responsible both to the
assemblies and to the local people's committees at higher levels.
The officers and members of the people's committees are influential
locally as party functionaries and as senior administrative cadres.
These committees can convene the people's assemblies; prepare for the
election of deputies to the local assemblies; implement the decisions of
the assemblies at the corresponding level and those of the people's
committees at higher levels; and control and supervise the work of
administrative bodies, enterprises, and social and cooperative
organizations in their respective jurisdictions.
The day-to-day affairs of local communities are handled by the local
administrative committees. The chairman, vice chairmen, secretary, and
members of these bodies are elected by the local people's committees at
the corresponding levels.
North Korea
North Korea - THE ROLE OF CHUCH'E
North Korea
Chuch'e ideology is the basic cornerstone of party
construction, party works, and government operations. Chuch'e
is sanctified as the essence of what has been officially called Kim Il
Sung Chuui (Kim Il Sung-ism) since April 1974. Chuch'e is also
claimed as "the present-day MarxismLeninism ." North Korean
leaders advocate chuch'e ideology as the only correct guiding
ideology in their ongoing revolutionary movement.
Chuch'e also is referred to as "the unitary
ideology" or as "the monolithic ideology of the Party."
It is inseparable from and, for all intents and purposes, synonymous
with Kim Il Sung's leadership and was said to have been
"created" or "fathered" by the great leader as an
original "encyclopedic thought which provides a complete answer to
any question that arises in the struggle for national liberation and
class emancipation, in the building of socialism and communism." Chuch'e
is viewed as the embodiment of revealed truth attesting to the wisdom of
Kim's leadership as exemplified in countless speeches and
"on-the-spot guidance."
Chuch'e was proclaimed in December 1955, when Kim underlined
the critical need for a Korea-centered revolution rather than one
designed to benefit, in his words, "another country." Chuch'e
is designed to inspire national pride and identity and mold national
consciousness into a potentially powerful focus for internal solidarity
centered on Kim and the KWP.
According to Kim, chuch'e means "the independent stance
of rejecting dependence on others and of using one's own powers,
believing in one's own strength and displaying the revolutionary spirit
of self-reliance." Chuch'e is an ideology geared to
address North Korea's contemporary goals--an independent foreign policy,
a self-sufficient economy, and a self-reliant defense posture. Kim Il
Sung's enunciation of chuch'e in 1955 was aimed at developing a
monolithic and effective system of authority under his exclusive
leadership. The invocation of chuch'e was a psychological tool
with which to stigmatize the foreign-oriented dissenters and remove them
from the center of power. Targeted for elimination were groups of
pro-Soviet and pro-Chinese anti-Kim dissenters.
Chuch'e did not become a prominent ideology overnight.
During the first ten years of North Korea's existence, MarxismLeninism
was accepted unquestioningly as the only source of doctrinal authority.
Nationalism was toned down in deference to the country's connections to
the Soviet Union and China. In the mid-1950s, however, chuch'e
was presented as a "creative" application of Marxism-Leninism.
In his attempt to establish an interrelationship between
Marxism-Leninism and chuch'e, Kim contended that although
Marxism-Leninism was valid as the fundamental law of revolution, it
needed an authoritative interpreter to define a new set of practical
ideological guidelines appropriate to the revolutionary environment in
North Korea.
Kim's practical ideology was given a test of relevancy throughout the
mid-1960s. In the late 1950s, Kim was able to mobilize internal support
when he purged pro-Soviet and proChinese dissenters from party ranks.
During the first half of the 1960s, Kim faced an even more formidable
challenge when he had to weather a series of tense situations that had
potentially adverse implications for North Korea's economic development
and national security. Among these were a sharp decrease in aid from the
Soviet Union and China; discord between the Soviet Union and China and
its disquieting implications for North Korea's confrontation with the
United States and South Korea; P'yongyang's disagreements with Moscow
and apprehensions about the reliability of the Soviet Union as an ally;
and the rise of an authoritarian regime in Seoul under former General
Park Chung Hee (1961-79).
These developments emphasized the need for self-reliance--the need to
rely on domestic resources, heighten vigilance against possible external
challenges, and strengthen domestic political solidarity. Sacrifice,
austerity, unity, and patriotism became dominant themes in the party's
efforts to instill in the people the importance of chuch'e and
collective discipline. By the mid-1960s, however, North Korea could
afford to relax somewhat; its strained relations with the Soviet Union
had eased, as reflected in part by Moscow's decision to rush economic
and military assistance to P'yongyang.
Beginning in mid-1965, chuch'e was presented as the essence
of Kim Il Sung's leadership and of party lines and policies for every
conceivable revolutionary situation. Kim's past leadership record was
put forward as the "guide and compass" for the present and
future and as a source of strength sufficient to propel the faithful
through any adversity.
Nonetheless, the linkage of chuch'e to MarxismLeninism
remains a creed of the party. The April 1972 issue of K lloja
(The Worker) still referred to the KWP as "a Marxist-Leninist
Party"; the journal pointed out that "the only valid policy
for Korean Communists is Marxism-Leninism" and called for "its
creative application to our realities."
Since 1974 it has become increasingly evident, however, that the
emphasis is on the glorification of chuch'e as "the only
scientific revolutionary thought representing our era of Juche and
communist future and the most effective revolutionary theoretical
structure that leads to the future of communist society along the surest
shortcut." This new emphasis was based on the contention that a
different historical era, with its unique sociopolitical circumstances,
requires an appropriately unique revolutionary ideology. Accordingly,
Marxism and Leninism were valid doctrines in their own times, but had
outlived their usefulness in the era of chuch'e, which
prophesies the downfall of imperialism and the worldwide victory of
socialism and communism.
As the years have passed, references to Marxism-Leninism in party
literature have steadily decreased. By 1980 the terms Marxism
and Leninism had all but disappeared from the pages of K
lloja. An unsigned article in the March 1980 K lloja
proclaimed, "Within the Party none but the leader Kim Il Sung's
revolutionary thought, the chuch'e ideology, prevails and there
is no room for any hodgepodge thought contrary to it." The report
Kim Il Sung presented to the Sixth Party Congress in October 1980 did
not contain a single reference to Marxism-Leninism, in marked contrast
to his report to the Fifth Party Congress in November 1970. In the 1980
report, Kim declared: "The whole party is rallied rock-firm around
its Central Committee and knit together in ideology and purpose on the
basis of the chuch'e idea. The Party has no room for any other
idea than the chuch'e idea, and no force can ever break its
unity and cohesion based on this idea."
Chuch'e is instrumental in providing a consistent and
unifying framework for commitment and action in the North Korean
political arena. It offers an underpinning for the party's incessant
demand for spartan austerity, sacrifice, discipline, and dedication.
Since the mid-1970s, however, it appears that chuch'e has
become glorified as an end in itself.
In his annual New Year's message on January 1, 1992, Kim Il Sung
emphasized the invincibility of chuch'e ideology: "I take
great pride in and highly appreciate the fact that our people have
overcome the ordeals of history and displayed to the full the heroic
mettle of the revolutionary people and the indomitable spirit of chuch'e
Korea, firmly united behind the party . . . . No difficulty is
insurmountable nor is any fortress impregnable for us when our party
leads the people with the ever-victorious chuch'e-oriented
strategy and tactics and when all the people turn out as one under the
party's leadership."
North Korea
North Korea - PARTY LEADERSHIP AND ELITE RECRUITMENT
North Korea
The party congress, the highest KWP organ, meets infrequently. As of
mid-1993, the most recently held congress was the Sixth Party Congress
of October 1980. The official agent of the party congress is the Central
Committee. As of July 1991, the Sixth Party Congress Central Committee
had 329 members: 180 full members and 149 alternate members. Nearly 40
percent of these members, 131 members, are first-termers. Among the 329
members, the technocrats--economists, managers, and technicians--are the
most numerous.
Influence and prestige within the party power structure are directly
associated with the rank order in which the members of the Central
Committee are listed. Key posts in party, government, and economic
organs are assigned; higher-ranking Central Committee members also are
found in the armed forces, educational and cultural institutions, and
other social and mass organizations. Many leaders concurrently hold
multiple positions within the party, the government, and the military.
The Central Committee holds a plenum, or plenary session, at least
once every six months to discuss major issues. The plenum also elects
the general secretary, members of the Political Bureau (called the
Political Committee until October 1980), and its Standing Committee, or
Presidium, which was established in October 1980.
In early 1981, the Political Bureau had thirty-four members: nineteen
regular members and fifteen alternate members. This figure was
substantial increase in membership from the Fifth Party Congress, when
there were eleven regular members and five alternate members. As of
1992, however, the Political Bureau had only twenty-four
members--fourteen regular members and ten alternate members--because a
number of the members either had died or had stepped down. The inner
circle of powerful leaders within the Political Bureau include the
president, premier, vice premiers, and minister of the people's armed
forces.
Several central organizations are subordinate to the Political Bureau
Presidium. One of the most important executive organs is the Secretariat
of the Central Committee, led by General Secretary Kim Il Sung and
eleven other secretaries as of mid-1992. Each secretary is in charge of
one or more departmental party functions. Other key bodies include the
Central Military Commission headed by Kim Il Sung; the Central Auditing
Committee, the fiscal watchdog of the party; and the Central Inspection
Committee, which enforces party discipline and acts as a trial and
appeals board for disciplinary cases.
The various departments of the Secretariat of the Central Committee
depend for implementation of party policies and directives on the party
committees in the provincial- and countylevel administrative divisions
and in organizations where there are more than 100 party members--for
example, major enterprises, factories, government offices, military
units, and schools. In the countryside, village party committees are
formed with a minimum of fifty party members. The basic party units are
cells to which all party members belong and through which they
participate in party organizational activities. Attendance at cell
meetings and party study sessions, held at least once a week, is
mandatory.
Party Members
The KWP claimed a membership of more than 3 million persons as of
1988, a significant increase from the 2 million members announced in
1976. This increase may have been a result of the active mobilization
drive for the Three Revolution Team Movement.
The Korean Workers' Party has three constituencies: industrial
workers, peasants, and intellectuals, that is, office workers. Since
1948 industrial workers have constituted the largest percentage of party
members, followed by peasants and intellectuals. Beginning in the 1970s,
when North Korea's population reached the 50 percent urban mark, the
composition of the groups belonging to the party changed. More people
working in state-owned enterprises became party members and the number
of members working in agricultural cooperatives decreased.
Party Cadres
The recruitment and training of party cadres (kanbu) has
long been the primary concern of party leadership. Party cadres are
those officials placed in key positions in party organizations, ranging
the Political Bureau to the village party committees; in government
agencies; in economic enterprises; in military and internal security
units; in educational institutions; and in mass organizations. The
duties of cadres are to educate and lead party and nonparty members of
society and to ensure that party policies and directives are carried out
faithfully. The party penetrates all aspects of life. Associations and
guidance committees exist at all levels of society, with a local party
cadre serving as a key member of each committee.
Some cadres are concerned principally with ideological matters,
whereas others are expected both to be ideologically prepared and to
give guidance to the technical or managerial activities of the state.
Regardless of specialization, all party cadres are expected to devote
two hours a day to the study of chuch'e ideology and Kim Il
Sung's policies and instruction.
The party has a number of schools for cadre training. At the national
level, the most prestigious school is the Kim Il Sung Higher Party
School, directly under the Central Committee. Below the national level
are communist colleges established in each province for the education of
county-level cadres. Village-level cadres are sent to county training
schools.
The rules governing cadre selection have undergone subtle changes in
emphasis. Through the early 1970s, "good class origin,"
individual ability, and ideological posture were given more or less
equal consideration in the appointment of cadres. Since the mid-1970s,
however, the doctrinally ordained "class principle" has been
downgraded on the assumption that the actual social or class status of
people should not be judged on the basis of their past family
backgrounds but on their "present class preparation and mental
attitudes." The party increasingly stresses individual merit and
"absolute" loyalty as the criteria for acceptance into the
elite status of cadre. Merit and competence have come to mean "a
knowledge of the economy and technology." Such knowledge is
considered crucial because, as Kim Il Sung stressed in July 1974,
"Party organizational work should be intimately linked to economic
work and intraparty work should be conducted to ensure success in
socialist construction and backup economic work."
An equally important, if not more important criterion for cadre
selection is political loyalty inasmuch as not all cadres of correct
class origin nor all highly competent cadres are expected to pass the
rigorous tests of party life. These tests entail absolute loyalty to Kim
Il Sung and the party, thorough familiarity with chuch'e
ideology, refusal to temporize in the face of adversity, and a readiness
to respond to the party's call under any conditions and at all times.
Although information on the composition of cadre membership was
limited as of mid-1993, the number of cadres of nonworker and nonpeasant
origin has steadily increased. These cadres generally are classified as
"working intellectuals" engaged in occupations ranging from
party and government activities to educational, technical, and artistic
pursuits. Another notable trend is the infusion of younger, better
educated cadres into the party ranks. An accent on youth and innovation
was very much in evidence after 1973 when Kim Jong Il assumed the
leading role in the Three Revolution Team Movement.
The Ruling Elite
Persons with at least one major position in leading party,
government, and military organs are considered the ruling elite. This
group includes all political leaders who are, at a given time, directly
involved in the preparation of major policy decisions and who
participate in the inner circle of policy making. The ruling elite
include Political Bureau members and secretaries of the KWP, Central
People's Committee members, members of the State Administration Council,
and members of the Central Military Commission and the National Defense
Commission. Because overlapping membership is common in public office,
topranking office holders number less than 100. In any event, those
having the most influential voice in policy formulation are members of
the Political Bureau Presidium.
Top leaders share a number of common social characteristics. They
belong to the same generation; the average age of the party's top fifty
leaders was about sixty-eight years in 1990. By the end of 1989, aging
members of the anti-Japanese partisan group accounted for 24 percent of
the Political Bureau's full members. There is no clear evidence of
regional underrepresentation. Nonetheless, many Hamgyng natives are
included in the inner circle--for example, O Chin-u, Pak Sngch 'l, Kim
Yong-nam, and Kye Ung-t'ae. The latter is a member of the Secretariat of
the Central Committee and secretary in charge of economics.
North Korea
North Korea - LEADERSHIP SUCCESSION
North Korea
Beginning in the fall of 1975, North Koreans used the term party
center to refer to Kim Jong Il. Kim Jong Il is reported to have
concentrated a great deal of effort on the performing arts, and many
artists began to use the term when referring to Kim in articles in K
lloja. However, for a few years after its initial introduction the
term was used only infrequently because Kim Il Sung's efforts to promote
his son met some resistance. Many of Kim Jong Il's opponents have been
purged by Kim Il Sung, however, and neither Kim faces any active
opposition any longer.
Kim Il Sung was awarded the rank of generalissimo (taewnsu)
on April 13, 1992. On April 20, 1992, Kim Jong Il, as supreme commander
of the armed forces, was given the title marshal (wnsu) of the
DPRK. Kim Il Sung was the president and chairman of the National Defense
Commission with command and control of the armed forces until Kim Jong
Il assumed the latter position in April 1993. O Chin-u also became a
marshal.
There are many scenarios for leadership succession. Some of the
prospects are based on a common postulation that Kim Il Sung's
succession scheme will take at least a few years because of the
decades-long preparation of a succession plan. South Korean scholar Yang
Sung-Chul labels this "positive skepticism" and calls
short-term failure, such as a coup d'�tat or a revolution,
"negative skepticism." "Negative skepticism" is not
to be dismissed, however, because of Kim Jong Il's weaknesses-- his lack
of charisma, poor international recognition, and unknown governing
skills--as well as the sagging domestic economy and external factors
such as inter-Korean, Japan-DPRK, and United States-DPRK relations.
Kim Jong Il's appointment as commander of the Korean People's Army
suggests that the succession issue finally has been solved because the
military was once considered Kim's weak point; he already has full
control of the state and the economic administration. Kim Jong Il also
manages political affairs and KWP businesses as a primary authority and
handles symbolic roles such as meeting with foreign leaders and
appearing at national celebrations.
In addition, Kim Jong Il plays a prominent role in the KWP propaganda
machine--mass media, literature, and art. Many literary and art
works--including films, operas, and dramas--are produced under the
revolutionary tradition of the KWP and Kim's guidance. Kim uses popular
culture to broaden his public image and gain popular support.
Kim Jong Il has tried to expedite economic growth and productivity
using the Three Revolution Team Movement and the Three Revolution Red
Flag Movement. Both movements are designed to inspire the broad masses
into actively participating in the Three Revolutions. At the Fifth Party
Congress, Kim Il Sung emphasized the necessity of pressing ahead more
vigorously with the three revolutions to consolidate the socialist
system. In response, Kim Jong Il developed the follow-up slogan,
"Let us meet the requirements of the chuch'e in ideology,
technology and culture." Most units forged ahead with
"ideological education" to teach the party members and other
workers to become revolutionaries of the chuch'e idea. In many
spheres of the national economy, productivity also is expected to
increase as a result of the technology emphasis of the campaigns. In
addition, the "cultural revolution" addresses promoting
literacy and cultural identity.
Chuch'e, instrumental in providing a consistent and unifying
framework for commitment and action in the political arena, offers a
foundation for the party's incessant demand for spartan austerity,
sacrifice, discipline, and dedication. It has not yet been determined,
however, whether chuch'e is an asset or liability for Kim.
Nonetheless, Kim is likely to continue to emphasize chuch'e as
the only satisfactory answer to all challenging questions in North
Korea, particularly because he attributes the collapse of communism in
the Soviet Union and East European countries to their lack of chuch'e
ideology.
Graduates of the first class of the Mangyngdae Revolutionary
Institute, established in 1947, support Kim Jong Il's power base. Many
of these graduates occupy key positions in government and the military.
For example, O Guk-nyol and General Paek Hak-nim-- the latter, the
minister of public security--are members of the Central Military
Commission, KWP Central Committee, and the SPA; Kim Hwan, the former
minister of chemical industry and a vice premier as of mid-1993, is a
member of both the KWP Central Committee and the SPA; and Kim Yong-sun,
a candidate member of the Politburo, is the director of the
International Affairs Department, KWP Central Committee.
North Korea
North Korea - MASS ORGANIZATIONS
North Korea
All mass organizations are guided and controlled by the party. A
number of political and social organizations appear concerned with the
promotion of special interest groups but actually serve as auxiliaries
to the party. Many of these organizations were founded in the early
years of the KWP to serve as vehicles for the party's efforts to
penetrate a broader cross section of the population.
Mass organizations have another important function: to create the
impression that there are noncommunist social, political, cultural, and
professional groups that can work with their South Korean counterparts
toward national reunification. Most of these organizations were
established to develop a unified strategy in dealing with the ruling
establishment of South Korea and other foreign countries and
organizations. As of July 1992, these included the Korean Social
Democratic Party headed by Yi Kyepaek ; the Chondoist Chongu Party
headed by Chong Sin-hyok, the Socialist Working Youth League (SWYL)
headed by Ch'oe Yong- hae; the Committee for the Peaceful Reunification
of the Fatherland headed by Yun Ki-pok; the Korean Democratic Women's
Union headed by Kim Il Sung's wife, Kim Song-ae; the Korean National
Peace Committee headed by Chong Chun-ki; the Korean Students Committee
headed by Mun Kyong-tok; the General Federation of Trade Unions headed
by Han Ki-chang; and many others. In the early 1990s, the Committee for
the Peaceful Reunification of the Fatherland was actively involved in
the two Koreas' reconciliation talks.
Among auxiliary organizations, one frequently covered in the media is
the SWYL. Directly under the party Central Committee, it is the only
mass organization expressly mentioned in the charter of the KWP. The
league is the party's most important ideological and organizational
training ground, with branches and cells wherever there are regular
party organizations. Youth league cells exist in the army, factories,
cooperative farms, schools, cultural institutions, and government
agencies. The organization is hailed as a "militant reserve"
of the party; its members are described as heirs to the revolution,
reliable reserves, and active assistants of the party. Youths between
the ages of fifteen and twenty-six are eligible to join the league
regardless of other organizational affiliations, provided they meet
requirements similar to those for party membership. The junior version
of the youth league is the Young Pioneer Corps, open to children between
the ages of nine and fifteen. The Students' and Children's Palace in
P'yongyang is maintained by the SWYL for the extracurricular activities
of Young Pioneer Corps members; these activities include study sessions
in chuch'e ideology as well as other subjects taught in the
primary and secondary schools.
The principal vehicle for P'yongyang's united front strategy in
dealing with South Korea and foreign counterparts is the Democratic
Front for the Reunification of the Fatherland (DFRF), popularly known as
the Fatherland Front. The Fatherland Front actually is an umbrella for
various other organizations and thus ostensibly is a nonpolitical,
nongovernmental organization.
Choch'ongryn (General Association of Korean Residents in Japan), is
one of the best known of the foreign auxiliary organizations. Its
mission is to enlist the allegiance of the more than 600,000 Korean
residents in Japan. At least a third of these residents, who also are
assiduously courted by Seoul, are considered supporters of P'yongyang.
The remaining two-thirds of the members are divided into South Korean
loyalists and neutralists. Those who are friendly toward North Korea are
regarded by P'yongyang as its citizens and are educated at Korean
schools in Japan that are financially subsidized by North Korea. These
Koreans are expected to work for the North Korean cause either in Japan
or as returnees to North Korea.
The activities of these mass organizations are occasionally reported
in the news. However, it is difficult to ascertain what these
organizations actually do. Organizations such as the Korean Social
Democratic Party and the Chondoist Chongu Party publicize only the
officially published names of their leaders and do not report anything
about their membership or activities.
North Korea
North Korea - THE MEDIA
North Korea
Although Article 53 of the constitution states that North Korean
citizens have freedom of speech, press, assembly, association, and
demonstration, such activities are permitted only in support of
government and KWP objectives. Other articles of the constitution
require citizens to follow the socialist norms of life; for example, a
collective spirit takes precedence over individual political or civil
liberties.
Domestic media censorship is strictly enforced, and deviation from
the official government line is not tolerated. The regime prohibits
listening to foreign media broadcasts, and violators are reportedly
subject to severe punishment. Senior party cadres, however, have good
access to the foreign media. No external media are allowed free access
to North Korea, but an agreement to share in Japan's telecommunications
satellites was reached in September 1990.
Newspapers, broadcasting, and other mass media are major vehicles for
information dissemination and political propaganda. Although most urban
households have radios and some have television sets, neither radios nor
televisions can be tuned to anything other than official programming.
Only some 10 percent of the radios and 30 percent of the televisions are
in private households. Government control extends to artistic
and academic circles, and visitors report that the primary function of
plays, movies, books, and the performing arts is to contribute to the
cult of personality surrounding Kim Il Sung.
The media is government controlled. As of mid-1993, there were eleven
television stations, approximately two dozen AM stations, ten FM
stations, eight domestic shortwave stations, and a powerful
international shortwave station. The latter broadcast in English,
French, Spanish, German, and several Asian languages. Korean Central
Broadcasting Station and P'yongyang Broadcasting Station (Radio
P'yongyang) are the central radio stations; there are also several local
stations and stations for overseas broadcasts.
A number of newspapers are published. Nodong simmun
(Workers' Daily), the organ of the party Central Committee, claimed a
circulation of approximately 1.5 million as of 1988. K lloja
(The Worker), the theoretical organ of the party Central Committee,
claimed a circulation of about 300,000 readers. Minju Chosn
(Democratic Korea) is the government newspaper, and Nodong chngnyn
(Working Youth) is the newspaper of the SWYL. There also are specialized
newspapers for teachers, the army, and railway workers.
The Korean Central News Agency (Chosn Chungyang Tngsinsa-- KCNA) is
the primary agency for gathering and disseminating news. KCNA publishes
the daily paper Korean Central News (Chosn Chungyang T'ongsin),
Photographic News (Sajin T'ongsin), and the Korean Central
Yearbook (Chosn Chungyang Ynbo). KCNA issues daily press releases
in English, Russian, French, and Spanish; newscasts in these languages
are beamed overseas. The Foreign Languages Press Group issues the
monthly magazine Korea Today and the weekly newspaper the P'yongyang
Times published in English, Spanish, and French.
North Korea
North Korea - FOREIGN POLICY
North Korea
North Korea's foreign relations are shaped by a mixture of
historical, nationalistic, ideological, and pragmatic considerations.
The territorial division of the peninsula looms large in the political
thinking of North Korean leaders and is a driving force in their
management of internal and external affairs. Over the centuries, unequal
relations, foreign depredation, dependence on foreigners for assorted
favors, and the emulation of foreign cultures and institutions are less
the exception than the rule in Korea's relationship with the outside
world. These patterns give rise to the widely shared assumption among
Koreans that their capacity to control their national destiny is limited
by geopolitical constraints.
Inter-Korean Affairs
The reunification of the two Koreas is seen as a difficult goal.
Although P'yongyang and Seoul agreed in principle in 1972 that
unification should be achieved peacefully and without foreign
interference, they continued to differ substantially on the practical
methods of attaining reunification; this area of disagreement has not
narrowed in subsequent years.
North Korea's goal of unification remains constant, but tactics have
changed depending on the perception of opportunities and limitations
implicit in shifting domestic and external situations. From the
beginning, North Korea has insisted that an inter-Korean political
formula should be based on parity or coequality, rather than population.
Because South Korea has more than twice the population of North Korea, a
supreme Korean council set up according to a one-person, one-vote
formula will give South Korea a commanding position in that type of
relationship. Another constant is P'yongyang's insistence that the
Korean question be settled as an internal Korean affair without foreign
interference.
P'yongyang's position that unification should be achieved by peaceful
means was belied by circumstances surrounding the outbreak of the Korean
War in 1950 and by subsequent infiltrations, the digging of tunnels, and
other incidents. North Korea's contention that the conflict was started
by South Korea and the United States failed to impress South Korea's
population. The war, in effect, reinforced the obvious ideological and
systemic incompatibilities that were in place at the time of the
division of the peninsula in 1945. At the Geneva Conference in mid-1954,
North Korea proposed the formation of an all-Korean commission and a
single Korean legislature through elections; the withdrawal of all
foreign troops from the Korean Peninsula; and the formal declaration by
outside powers of the need for peaceful development and unification in
Korea. P'yongyang also proposed that the armies of both countries be
reduced to 100,000 persons each within a year, that neither side enter
into any military alliance, and that measures be taken to facilitate
economic and cultural exchanges. Kim Il Sung urged a mutual reduction of
armed forces and a sharp cutback in the "heavy burden of military
expenditure in South Korea," recognizing that any arms buildup
could lead to a renewed arms race on the Korean Peninsula. Kim also
called on "South Korean authorities, political parties, social
organizations, and individual personages" to have their
representatives meet their northern counterparts in P'yongyang, Seoul,
or P'anmunjm to start negotiations on all "burning issues awaiting
urgent solution."
In mid-1969 Kim signaled the resumption of peaceful gestures to South
Korea. In October 1969, P'yongyang announced that the policy of peaceful
unification would be renewed, adding that this option had not been
stressed "in the last few years" because of alleged war
policies being pursued by the United States and South Korea. Beginning
in August 1970, Seoul proposed that the two Koreas open "a bona
fide competition" to see which side could better satisfy the
various needs of the Korean people. This development ended P'yongyang's
previous monopoly on the rhetoric of neighborly intentions and peaceful
unification.
Inter-Korean affairs became more complex in 1970 and 1971, in part
because of the United States decision to withdraw some of its troops
from South Korea and because of moves by the United States and China to
improve their relations. In August 1971, amid signs of a thaw in the
Cold War and an uncertain international environment, the Red Cross
societies of Seoul and P'yongyang agreed to open talks aimed at the
eventual reunion of dispersed families. These high-level talks--between
Kim Il Sung's brother and the chief of the South Korean Central
Intelligence Agency, were held alternately in the two capitals and
paralleled behind- the-scenes contacts to initiate political
negotiations, reportedly at South Korea's suggestion. The talks
continued to evolve and resulted in a joint communiqu� issued on July
4, 1972, in which the two countries agreed to abide by three principles
of unification. As such, the two Koreas agreed to work towards
reunifying the country independently and without foreign interference;
transcending differences in ideology and political systems; and unifying
the country peacefully without the use of armed force.
The communiqu� also contained an accord designed to ease tensions
and foster mutual trust by instructing the two countries to refrain from
slandering and defaming each other, expediting the Red Cross talks,
installing a hot line between P'yongyang and Seoul, and establishing a
South-North Coordinating Committee (SNCC) as the machinery for
substantive negotiations and for implementing the points of the
agreement. The SNCC met three times. The first and third meetings were
held in Seoul from November 30 to December 2, 1972, and June 12-14,
1973, respectively; the second meeting was held in P'yongyang March 14-
16, 1973. At the second meeting, the committee agreed to set up five
subcommittees--political, military, foreign, economic, and cultural
affairs--under joint direction. It was stipulated however, that
subcommittees would be formed only when progress had been made vis-�-vis
SNCC dialogue.
By June 1973, inter-Korean dialogue had become deadlocked. The fourth
meeting was scheduled for August 28, 1973, in P'yongyang, but North
Korea declined to convene it, making it official that it was no longer
interested in participating in SNCC meetings. No significant agreement
has been reached through the SNCC mechanism.
It quickly became obvious to both sides that they have fundamentally
divergent approaches. North Korea's position focuses on three major
themes: that the inter-Korean armed confrontation must first be ended;
that North Korea's transitional scheme of coexistence called
"confederation" be recognized as a practical necessity; and
that a one-Korea policy should be pursued under all circumstances.
P'yongyang seeks to settle military questions first, proposing cessation
of the military buildup and the withdrawal of all foreign troops from
South Korea. South Korea's position is one of peaceful coexistence based
on "peace first, unification later." Seoul seeks recognition
of the political systems of the two Koreas, noninterference in each
side's internal affairs, and the promotion of mutual economic
cooperation. South Korean president Park Chung Hee stressed the
importance of preserving peace at all costs, specifying that each side
refrain from invading the other or interfering in the other's affairs.
The contrast in positions is especially evident in international
relations. South Korea suggested that both Koreas become members of the
United Nations (UN) if it were the wish of the majority of UN members
and if membership would not impede unification. In reaffirming peace and
good-neighborliness as the basis of its foreign policy, Seoul declared
its readiness to establish formal relations even with those countries
whose ideologies and social institutions were different from South
Korea's. In an obvious allusion to communist states, Seoul called on
these countries to reciprocate by opening their doors.
North Korea began to urge the United States to refrain from
obstructing the dialogue and from giving military aid to South Korea. In
March 1974, P'yongyang proposed direct negotiations to Washington on the
question of replacing the "outdated" Korean armistice
agreement with a peace agreement. Relations between North Korea and
South Korea had, by 1975, become increasingly complicated because of the
ripple effect created by the fall of the government in Saigon. Following
Vietnam's reunification in mid-1975, the Nixon administration reduced
the United States troop level in South Korea by about one-third. This
move, in conjunction with Nixon's opening to China, worried South Korea.
Leaders in both P'yongyang and Seoul talked increasingly about the
dangers of renewed military conflict on the Korean Peninsula. North
Korea called on South Koreans to overthrow President Park's government
and reiterated its support for what it called a "massive popular
struggle for independence and democracy" in South Korea. In South
Korea, the cry of "threat from the North" became more shrill
after Vietnam's reunification. In August 1976, against the backdrop of
escalating tensions along the Demilitarized Zone (DMZ), the telephone
hot line that had linked P'yongyang and Seoul ceased operations and
remained unused until February 1980.
In the late 1970s, North Korea and South Korea attempted to revive
their dialogue. In January 1979, North Korea agreed to South Korea's
proposal to resume talks unconditionally, but preliminary talks held in
February and March failed to narrow the differences. North Korea
maintained that the talks should be within the framework of a
"whole-nation congress" composed of political and social
groups from both sides. South Korea countered that the talks should be
on a government-to-government basis without participation of
nongovernmental mass organizations.
In February 1980, preparatory talks got under way at P'anmunjm in the
DMZ. Through August 1980, the two sides met ten times and agreed on
several minor procedural and technical points, even though they were
unable to decide on an agenda for the premiers' conference or on an
interpretation of such terms as "collaboration,"
"unity," and "peaceful reunification." Another
impediment was disagreement on whether the premiers' talks should be
treated as part of broader North-South contacts involving various mass
organizations--as North Korea contends--or whether the talks should be
on a more manageable government-to-government basis--as South Korea
demands. On September 24, 1980, two days before the eleventh scheduled
meeting, North Korea suspended the talks, citing "the South Korean
military fascist" policy of seeking confrontation and division. On
September 25, P'yongyang also once again suspended operation of the
telephone hot line. In October 1980, at the Sixth Party Congress, Kim Il
Sung proposed the establishment of the Democratic Confederal Republic of
Kory, a system of unification based on mutual convenience and
toleration. According to the proposal, a single unified state would be
founded on the principle of coexistence, leaving the two systems intact
and federating the two governments. The Democratic Confederal Republic
of Kory, so named after a unified state that previously existed in Korea
(918-1392), is viewed by North Korea as "the most realistic way of
national reunification." A supreme national assembly with an equal
number of representatives from north and south and an appropriate number
of representatives of overseas Koreans would be formed, with a
confederal standing committee to "guide the regional government of
the north and the south and to administer all the affairs of the
confederal state." The regional governments of the north and south
would have independent policies--within limits--consistent with the
fundamental interests and demands of the whole nation and strive to
narrow their differences in all areas.
The proposal provided that the supreme national confederal assembly
and the confederal standing committee--its permanent organ and the de
facto central government--would be the unified government of the
confederal state and, as such, would be responsible for discussing and
deciding domestic and foreign affairs, matters of national defense, and
other matters of common concern related to the interests of the whole
country and nation. Further, the coordinated development of the country
and nation should be promoted. The confederal government would be
neutral and nonaligned. South Korea rejected the confederation as
another propaganda ploy.
No significant dialogue occurred between the two countries until the
middle of 1984, when South Korea suffered a devastating flood. North
Korea proposed to send relief goods to flood victims in South Korea; the
offer was accepted. This occasion provided the momentum for both sides
to resume their suspended dialogue. In 1985 the two countries exchanged
performing arts groups, and ninety-two members of separated families
met. In January 1986, however, North Korea once again suddenly cut off
all talks with South Korea, blaming "Team Spirit," the annual
United States- South Korean joint military exercise.
After the inauguration of South Korean president Roh Tae Woo in 1988,
a more vigorous dialogue commenced between Seoul and P'yongyang.
Nordpolitik, South Korea's efforts since 1984 to expand ties with the
former communist bloc, and the slowing pace of North Korea's economic
development have contributed to a basic change in P'yongyang's strategy
toward Seoul. Further encouraging this shift were the political upheaval
and demise of communism in Eastern Europe and the dissolution of the
Soviet Union, one of North Korea's key allies.
Subsequently, North Korea lost its guaranteed access to the market
once provided by the Soviet Union and its satellites. At the same time,
South Korea established commercial and diplomatic relations with many
East European countries. Next, the five permanent members of the UN
Security Council approved the simultaneous entry of both Koreas into the
UN in September 1991.
Five rounds of meetings were held alternately in Seoul and P'yongyang
before the Agreement on Reconciliation, Nonaggression, Exchanges, and
Cooperation between the South and the North was signed on December 13,
1991. The agreement called for reconciliation and
nonaggression on the Korean Peninsula. Then North Korean premier Yon
Hyong-muk called the agreement "the most valuable achievement ever
made between the South and North Korean authorities." It was agreed
that further meetings would be held to resolve such issues as creating a
nuclear-free Korea, uniting divided families, and discussing economic
cooperation.
For the first time, North Korea "officially recognized" the
existence of South Korea. The accord called for North Korea and South
Korea to formally end the Korean War. Among the terms of the accord are
agreements to issue a joint declaration of nonaggression, advance
warning of troop movements and exercises, and the installation of a hot
line between top military commanders. The Agreement on Reconciliation,
Nonaggression, Exchanges, and Cooperation has led to the establishment
of several joint North-South Korea subcommittees that are to work out
the specifics for implementing the general terms of the accord. These
subcommittees report to the committees that met in conjunction with the
prime ministerial level talks that had began in September 1990. There
are subcommittees on economic cooperation affairs (concerning South
Korea's commercial investments in North Korea) and on trade and the
opening of lines of travel and communication (including telephonic)
between the two Koreas; cultural exchange, concerning the exchange of
entertainment and athletic groups and the joint sponsorship of single
teams to represent both Koreas in international sports competitions;
political affairs, on working to eliminate mutual slander in their
respective mass media and to abrogate laws detrimental to improving
understanding and cooperation; and military affairs, on devising ways
and means to reduce tensions and exchange notice of military exercises.
Separate from the prime ministerial dialogue, yet closely associated
with it, are talks held between the North and South Korean Red Cross
organizations about reunification of families.
The two Koreas also agree that their peninsula should be "free
of nuclear weapons." The joint Declaration on the Denuclearization
of the Korean Peninsula calls for the establishment of a Joint Nuclear
Control Committee (JNCC) to negotiate a credible and effective bilateral
nuclear inspection regime as called for in the declaration. Although
negotiations in all these areas produced substantive progress toward the
drafting of detailed accords for the terms of implementing the Agreement
on Reconciliation, Nonaggression, Exchanges and Cooperation, nothing has
been implemented as of mid-1993. As for negotiation of a bilateral
inspection regime, these talks also had not achieved any significant
progress by mid-1993.
Foreign Relations with
<>China and the Soviet Union
<>
Japan
<>
The United States
North Korea
North Korea - China and the Soviet Union
North Korea
North Korea owes its survival as a separate political entity to China
and the Soviet Union. Both countries provided critical military
assistance--soldiers and mat�riel--during the Korean War. From that
time and until the early 1990s, China and the Soviet Union both provided
North Korea with its most important markets and were its major suppliers
of oil and other basic necessities. In turn, China and the Soviet Union
were reliable pillars of diplomatic support. The demise of the Soviet
Union and the former communist bloc in Eastern Europe, combined with the
gradually warming relationship between Beijing and Seoul--which resulted
in the establishment of diplomatic relations in August
1992--significantly altered P'yongyang's ties with Beijing and Moscow.
More out of economic necessity than ideological compatibility, North
Korea sought to maintain good relations with China, despite the latter's
increasingly close economic and diplomatic ties with South Korea. In
October 1991, Kim Il Sung visited China for ten days, reportedly to ask
for economic and military assistance, and to persuade Beijing not to
establish diplomatic ties with Seoul. Predictably, North Korea and China
reaffirmed their commitment to socialism, but at the time China did not
express clear signals for North Korea's other agenda.
Close Sino-North Korean ties continue, but Beijing is striving to
maintain a balance in its relationship with the two Koreas, a far cry
from its previous four decades of dealing solely with P'yongyang. China
welcomed the Declaration on the Denuclearization of the Korean
Peninsula, making clear its preference for a non-nuclear Korea. Beijing
also urged P'yongyang to cooperate with the International Atomic Energy
Agency (IAEA). Although China remains a crucial trade partner for North
Korea, Beijing's former willingness to assist P'yongyang economically by
extending easy credit is increasingly giving way to no assistance and
less and less extension of credit.
The Soviet Union stunned North Korea in September 1990 when it
established diplomatic relations with South Korea. Since that time and
since the collapse of the Soviet Union in August 1991, North Korea has
worked to build a relationship with Russia's new political leaders.
North Korea's efforts to recapture some of the previous closeness and
economic benefits of its relationship with the former Soviet Union are
seriously hampered, however, by Russia's preoccupation with its own
political and economic woes. Trade between the two nations has dropped
dramatically since 1990. North Korea cannot compete with the quality of
goods South Korea can offer. Whereas the Soviet Union had extended
credit without problems to North Korea, Russia has demanded hard
currency for whatever North Korea purchases. Russia also has signalled
North Korea that it intends to revise the 1961 defense treaty between
North Korea and the Soviet Union. The revision will most likely mean
Russia will not be obligated to militarily assist North Korea except in
the event that North Korea is invaded.
North Korea was diplomatically, politically, and economically far
more isolated in mid-1993 than at any time since 1945. Although a member
of the UN since 1991, North Korea's relations with its two closest
allies--China and the former Soviet Union-- have undergone a fundamental
shift unlikely to revert to previous patterns. This shift poses a
dilemma for North Korea. Will it persist in the pattern of conduct that
has made it an international outlaw, or will it set out in a new
direction aimed at integrating itself into the international community?
In mid1993 North Korea appears to be on a dual track. On the one hand,
P'yongyang's signing of the Agreement on Reconciliation, Nonaggression,
Exchanges, and Cooperation, and the conclusion of a nuclear safeguards
agreement with the IAEA point to its striving for greater acceptance in
the international community by measuring up to internationally desired
norms. On the other hand, P'yongyang continues to act as an
international outlaw by selling ballistic missiles abroad, refusing to
sign the convention on chemical and biological warfare, and refusing to
comply with the terms for nuclear inspections.
North Korea
North Korea - Japan
North Korea
Until the late 1980s, North Korea's post-World War II policy toward
Japan was mainly aimed at minimizing cooperation between Japan and South
Korea, and at deterring Japan's rearmament while striving for closer
diplomatic and commercial ties with Japan. Crucial to this policy was
the fostering within Japan of support for North Korea, especially among
the Japanese who supported the Japanese communist and socialist parties
and the Korean residents of Japan. Over the years, however, North Korea
did much to discredit itself in the eyes of many potential supporters in
Japan. Japanese who had accompanied their spouses to North Korea had
endured severe hardships and were prevented from communicating with
relatives and friends in Japan. Japan watched with disdain as North
Korea gave safe haven to elements of the Japanese Red Army, a terrorist
group. North Korea's inability and refusal to pay its debts to Japanese
traders also reinforced popular Japanese disdain for North Korea.
Coincidental with the changing patterns in its relations with China
and Russia, North Korea has moved to improve its strained relations with
Japan. P'yongyang's primary motives appear to be a quest for relief from
diplomatic and economic isolation, which has also caused serious
shortages of food, energy, and hard currency. Normalization of relations
with Japan also raises the possibility of North Korea's gaining monetary
compensation for the period of Japan's colonial rule (1910-45), a
precedent set when Japan normalized relations with South Korea.
The first round of normalization talks was held January 30- 31, 1991,
but quickly broke down over the question of compensation. P'yongyang has
demanded compensation for damages incurred during colonial rule as well
as for "sufferings and losses" in the post-World War II
period. Japan, however, insists that North Korea first resolve its
differences with South Korea over the question of bilateral nuclear
inspections. Other points of contention are North Korea's refusal both
to provide information about Japanese citizens who had migrated to North
Korea with their Korean spouses in the 1960s, and to discuss the case of
Yi Un Hee, a Korean resident of Japan whom North Korean agents had
allegedly kidnapped to North Korea to teach Japanese in a school for
espionage agents. As of mid-1993, several rounds of talks had yet to
produce any significant progress toward normalization of relations.
North Korea
North Korea - The United States
North Korea
Since 1945 North Korea's relationship with the United States has been
marked by almost continuous confrontation and mistrust. North Korea
views the United States as the strongest imperialist force in the world
and as the successor to Japanese imperialism. The Korean War only
intensified this perception. The United States views North Korea as an
international outlaw. The uneasy armistice that halted the intense
fighting of the Korean War has occasionally been broken. Perpetuating
the mutual distrust was North Korea's 1968 seizure of the United States
Navy intelligence-gathering ship Pueblo, the downing of a
United States reconnaissance plane in 1969, and the 1976 killing of two
American soldiers at the P'anmunjm "Peace Village" in the
middle of the DMZ. North Korea's assassination of several United
States-educated South Korean cabinet officials in 1983 and the terrorist
bombing of a South Korean airliner in 1987 likewise has reinforced
United States perceptions of North Korea as unworthy of having
diplomatic or economic ties with the United States.
Following South Korea's lead, the United States in 1988 launched its
own modest diplomatic initiative. Washington sought to reduce
P'yongyang's isolation and to encourage its opening to the outside
world. Consequently, the United States government began facilitating
cultural, scholarly, journalistic, athletic, and other exchanges with
North Korea. After a hesitant start, by the early 1990s almost monthly
exchanges were occurring in these areas between the two nations, a
halting but significant movement away from total estrangement.
The atmosphere between P'yongyang and Washington warmed significantly
in 1991 and 1992. The United States supported the simultaneous admission
of both Koreas into the UN in September 1991. That same month, President
George Bush announced the withdrawal of all tactical nuclear weapons
worldwide. In January 1992, after North Korea had publicly committed
itself to the signing of a nuclear safeguards agreement with the IAEA
and to permitting IAEA inspections of its primary nuclear facility at
Yngbyn, President Bush and South Korean president Roh Tae Woo took the
unprecedented step of cancelling their 1992 joint annual military
exercise Team Spirit.
In February 1992, United States Department of State Under Secretary
for Political Affairs Arnold Kanter met with his North Korean
counterpart, Korean Workers' Party Director for International Affairs
Kim Yong-sun, in New York. At this meeting, the United States set forth
the steps it wanted North Korea to take prior to normalization of
relations. North Korea had to facilitate progress in the North-South
Korea dialogue; end its export of missile and related technology;
renounce terrorism; cooperate with accounting for all Korean War United
States military personnel classified as Missing in Action; demonstrate
increasing respect for human rights; and conclude a credible and
effective North-South nuclear inspection regime designed to complement
inspections conducted by the IAEA. Once a credible and effective
bilateral North-South Korean inspection regime has been implemented, the
United States government will initiate a policy level dialogue with
North Korea to formulate specifics for resolving other outstanding
United States concerns.
North Korea
North Korea - Bibliography
North Korea
Baik, Bong. Minjok ui t'aeyang Kim Il Sung Changgun
(General Kim Il Sung: The Sun of Our Nation), 1 and 2.
P'yngyang: Inmin Ch'ulp'ansa, 1968.
------. Minjok ui t'aeyang Kim Il Sung Changgun (General
Kim Il Sung: The Sun of Our Nation), 3. P'yngyang: Inmin
Kwahaksa, 1971.
Bradbury, John. "Sino-Soviet Competition in North Korea," China
Quarterly [London], No. 6, April-June 1961, 15-28.
Brun, Ellen, and Jacques Hersh. Socialist Korea: A Case Study
in the Strategy of Economic Development. New York:
Monthly Review Press, 1977.
Carrier, Fred J. North Korean Journey: The Revolution Against
Colonialism. New York: International, 1975.
Chosn Minjujuui Inmin Konghwaguk Kwahagwon Yksa Yn'guso.
Chosn t'ongsa. P'yngyang: Kwahagwn Ch'ulp'ansa,
1962.
Chosn Nodongdang Chungang Wiwnhoe. Tang Yksa Ton'guso.
Chosn Nodongdang Yksa Kyojae. P'yngyang: Chosn
Nodongdang Ch'ulp'ansa, 1964.
Choy, Bong-Youn. Korea: A History. Tokyo: Charles E.
Tuttle, 1971.
Conroy, Francis Hilary. The Japanese Seizure of Korea,
1868-1910: A Study of Realism and Idealism in International
Relations. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania
Press, 1960.
Cumings, Bruce. "Corporatism in North Korea," Journal of Korean
Studies, 4, 1982-83, 269-94.
------. "Ending the Cold War in Korea," World Policy
Journal, 1, Summer 1984, 769-91.
------. "Kim's Korean Communism," Problems of Communism,
23, No. 2, March-April 1974, 27-41.
------. "North Korea: Security in the Crucible of Great-Power
Confrontations." Pages 153-72 in Raju G.C. Thomas (ed.),
The Great Power Triangle and Asian Security.
Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, 1983.
------. "The Origins and Development of the Northeast Asian
Political Economy: Industrial Sectors, Product Cycles, and
Political Consequences," International Organization,
38, Winter 1984, 1-40.
------. The Origins of the Korean War: Liberation and the
Emergence of Separate Regimes, 1945-1947, 1. (Studies of
the East Asian Institute.) New York: Columbia University
Press, 1981.
------. The Origins of the Korean War: The Roaring of the
Cataract, 1947-1950, 2. Princeton: Princeton University
Press, 1990.
------. "Spring Thaw for Korea's Cold War?" Bulletin of the
Atomic Scientists, 48, April 1992, 14-23.
------. "Trilateralism and the New World Order," World Policy
Journal, 8, Spring 1991, 195-222.
------. "The Two Koreas: On the Road to Reunification?" Foreign
Policy Association, No. 294, Fall 1990.
Cumings, Bruce (ed.). Child of Conflict: The Korean-American
Relationship, 1943-1953. Seattle: University of
Washington Press, 1983.
Eckert, Carter J. Offspring of Empire: The Koch'ang Kims and
the Colonial Origins of Korean Capitalism, 1876-1945.
Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1991.
Eckert, Carter J., Ki-baik Lee, Young Ick Lew, Michael Robinson,
and Edward W. Wagner. Korea Old and New: A History.
Seoul: Ilchokak for Korea Institute, Harvard University, 1990.
Foote, Rosemary. The Wrong War. Ithaca: Cornell University
Press, 1986.
Grajdanzev, Andrew J. Modern Korea. New York: Institute of
Pacific Relations, 1944.
Halliday, Jon, and Bruce Cumings. Korea: The Unknown War.
New York: Pantheon, 1988.
Han, Woo-Keun. The History of Korea. Honolulu: East-West
Center Press, 1972.
Harrison, Selig S. (ed.). Dialogue with North Korea.
Washington: Carnegie Endowment, 1991.
Hatada, Takashi. A History of Korea. (Trans. and eds.,
Warren W. Smith, Jr., and Benjamin H. Hazard.) Santa Barbara:
American Bibliographical Center-Clio Press, 1969.
Henderson, Gregory, and Key P. Yang. "An Outline History of Korean
Confucianism, Pt. 1: The Early Period and Yi Factionalism,"
Journal of Asian Studies, 18, No. 1, November 1958,
81-101.
Kim, Han-Kyo. Studies on Korea: A Scholar's Guide.
Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii, 1980.
Kim, Ilpyong J. Communist Politics in North Korea. New
York: Praeger, 1975.
Kim, San, with Nym Wales. Song of Ariran: A Korean Communist in
the Chinese Revolution. San Francisco: Ramparts Press,
1973.
Kim Il Sung. "On the Elimination of Formalism and Bureaucracy in
Party Work and the Revolutionization of Functionaries." Pages
421-58 in Kim Il Sung, Kim Il Sung: Selected Works,
4. P'yngyang: Foreign Languages Publishing House, 1974.
Koh, B.C. "North Korea, 1976: Under Stress," Asian Survey,
17, No. 1, January 1977, 61-70.
Lee, Chae-Jin (ed.). The Korean War: 40-Year Perspectives.
(Monograph Series, No. 1.) Claremont, California: Keck Center
for International and Strategic Studies, Claremont McKenna
College, 1991.
Lee, Chong-Sik. Korean Workers' Party: A Short History.
(Histories of Ruling Communist Parties, No. 185.) Stanford,
California: Hoover Institution Press, 1978.
------. "Land Reform, Collectivization, and the Peasants in North
Korea," China Quarterly [London], 32, No. 14,
April-June 1963, 65-81.
------. "New Paths for North Korea," Problems of
Communism, 26, No. 2, March-April 1977, 55-66.
------. "The 1972 Constitution and Top Communist Leaders." Pages
192-220 in Dae-Sook Suh and Chae-Jin Lee (eds.), Political
Leadership in Korea. Seattle: University of Washington,
1976.
------. The Politics of Korean Nationalism. Berkeley:
University of California Press, 1963.
------. "Stalinism in the East: Communism in North Korea." Pages
114-39 in Robert A. Scalapino (ed.), Communist Revolution
in Asia. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall,
1965.
Lee, Mun Woong. Rural North Korea under Communism.
Houston: Rice University, 1976.
Lowe, Peter. The Origins of the Korean War. New York:
Longman, 1986.
Nelson, Frederick M. Korea and the Old Orders in Eastern
Asia. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press,
1945.
An Outline of Korean Culture. P'yngyang: Foreign
Languages Publishing House, 1979.
Palais, James B. Politics and Policy in Traditional Korea.
(Harvard East Asian Series, No. 82.) Cambridge: Harvard
University Press, 1975.
Robinson, Michael. Cultural Nationalism in Korea, 1920-25.
Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1985.
Scalapino, Robert A., and Chong-Sik Lee. Communism in
Korea. (2 vols.) Berkeley: University of California
Press, 1972.
Shabshina, Fania I. Ocherki Noveishei Istorii Korei,
1918-45. Moscow: Izdatel'stvo Vostochnoi Literatury,
1959.
Sohn, Pow-key, Kim Chol-choon, and Hong I-sup. History of
Korea. Seoul: Korean National Commission, United Nations
Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, 1970.
Suh, Dae-sook. Kim Il Sung: A Biography. Honolulu:
University of Hawaii Press, 1989.
------. The Korean Communist Movement, 1918-1948.
Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1968.
Suh, Sang Chul. Growth and Structural Changes in the Korean
Economy, 1910-1940. Cambridge: Council on East Asian
Studies, Harvard University Press, 1978.
Tsubo, Senji. Chosen minzoku dokuritsu undo hishi (Secret
History of the Korean National Independence Movement). Tokyo:
Nikkan Rodo Tsushinsha, 1959.
United States. Department of State. The Foreign Relations of
the United States: Conferences at Malta and Yalta, 1945.
Washington: GPO, 1955.
------. Department of State. North Korea: A Case Study in the
Technique of Takeover. Washington: GPO, 1961.
Washburn, John N. "Notes and Comment: Soviet Russia and the Korean
Communist Party," Pacific Affairs [Vancouver], 23,
No. 1, March 1950, 59-65.
North Korea